]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - bfd/elf32-sh.c
* section.c (bfd_get_linker_section): New function.
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-sh.c
1 /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
3 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
6
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
22 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23
24 #include "sysdep.h"
25 #include "bfd.h"
26 #include "bfdlink.h"
27 #include "libbfd.h"
28 #include "elf-bfd.h"
29 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
30 #include "elf/sh.h"
31 #include "dwarf2.h"
32 #include "libiberty.h"
33 #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
34
35 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
36 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
37 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
38 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
39 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
40 (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
41 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
42 (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
43 #ifndef SH64_ELF
44 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
45 (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
46 #endif
47 static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
48 (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
49 static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
50 (struct bfd_link_info *);
51 static bfd_vma tpoff
52 (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
53
54 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
55 section. */
56
57 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
58
59 /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */
60 #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
61
62 #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
63
64 /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
65 not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
66 its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */
67 #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
68 (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
69 || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
70 \f
71 #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
72 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
73 #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
74 static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
75 {
76 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
77 };
78
79 #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
80 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
81 #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
82 static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
83 {
84 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
85 };
86 \f
87 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
88
89 static bfd_boolean
90 vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
91 {
92 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
93 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec;
94 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec;
95
96 return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
97 || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec);
98 #else
99 return FALSE;
100 #endif
101 }
102
103 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */
104
105 static bfd_boolean
106 fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
107 {
108 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
109 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shfd_vec;
110 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec;
111
112 return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
113 || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec);
114 #else
115 return FALSE;
116 #endif
117 }
118
119 /* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
120
121 static reloc_howto_type *
122 get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
123 {
124 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
125 return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
126 return sh_elf_howto_table;
127 }
128
129 static bfd_reloc_status_type
130 sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
131 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
132 bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
133 bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
134 {
135 static bfd_vma last_addr;
136 static asection *last_symbol_section;
137 bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
138 int diff, cum_diff;
139 bfd_signed_vma x;
140 int insn;
141
142 /* Sanity check the address. */
143 if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
144 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
145
146 /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
147 although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
148 if (! last_addr)
149 {
150 last_addr = addr;
151 last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
152 return bfd_reloc_ok;
153 }
154 if (last_addr != addr)
155 abort ();
156 last_addr = 0;
157
158 if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
159 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
160
161 /* Get the symbol_section contents. */
162 if (symbol_section != input_section)
163 {
164 if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
165 contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
166 else
167 {
168 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
169 &contents))
170 {
171 if (contents != NULL)
172 free (contents);
173 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
174 }
175 }
176 }
177 #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
178 start_ptr = contents + start;
179 for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
180 {
181 for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
182 ptr -= 2;
183 ptr += 2;
184 diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
185 cum_diff += diff & 1;
186 cum_diff += diff;
187 }
188 /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
189 so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
190 addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
191 if (cum_diff >= 0)
192 {
193 start -= 4;
194 end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
195 }
196 else
197 {
198 bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
199
200 while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
201 start0 -= 2;
202 start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
203 start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
204 end = start0;
205 }
206
207 if (contents != NULL
208 && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
209 free (contents);
210
211 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
212
213 x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
214 if (input_section != symbol_section)
215 x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
216 - (input_section->output_section->vma
217 + input_section->output_offset));
218 x >>= 1;
219 if (x < -128 || x > 127)
220 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
221
222 x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
223 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
224
225 return bfd_reloc_ok;
226 }
227
228 /* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
229 function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
230
231 static bfd_reloc_status_type
232 sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
233 void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
234 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
235 {
236 unsigned long insn;
237 bfd_vma sym_value;
238 enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
239 bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
240 bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
241
242 r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
243
244 if (output_bfd != NULL)
245 {
246 /* Partial linking--do nothing. */
247 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
248 return bfd_reloc_ok;
249 }
250
251 /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
252 done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
253 if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
254 return bfd_reloc_ok;
255
256 if (symbol_in != NULL
257 && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
258 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
259
260 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
261 sym_value = 0;
262 else
263 sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
264 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
265 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
266
267 switch (r_type)
268 {
269 case R_SH_DIR32:
270 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
271 insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
272 bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
273 break;
274 case R_SH_IND12W:
275 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
276 sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
277 sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
278 + input_section->output_offset
279 + addr
280 + 4);
281 sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
282 if (insn & 0x800)
283 sym_value -= 0x1000;
284 insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
285 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
286 if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
287 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
288 break;
289 default:
290 abort ();
291 break;
292 }
293
294 return bfd_reloc_ok;
295 }
296
297 /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
298 which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
299
300 static bfd_reloc_status_type
301 sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
302 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
303 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
304 bfd *output_bfd,
305 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
306 {
307 if (output_bfd != NULL)
308 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
309 return bfd_reloc_ok;
310 }
311
312 /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
313
314 struct elf_reloc_map
315 {
316 bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
317 unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
318 };
319
320 /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
321
322 static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
323 {
324 { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
325 { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
326 { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
327 { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
328 { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
329 { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
330 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
331 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
332 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
333 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
334 { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
335 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
336 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
337 { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
338 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
339 { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
340 { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
341 { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
342 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
343 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
344 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
345 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
346 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
347 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
348 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
349 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
350 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
351 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
352 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
353 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
354 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
355 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
356 { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
357 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
358 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
359 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
360 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
361 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
362 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
363 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
364 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
365 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
366 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
367 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
368 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
369 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
370 { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
371 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
372 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
373 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
374 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
375 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
376 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
377 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
378 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
379 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
380 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
381 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
382 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
383 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
384 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
385 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
386 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
387 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
388 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
389 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
390 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
391 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
392 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
393 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
394 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
395 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
396 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
397 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
398 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
399 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
400 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
401 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
402 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
403 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
404 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
405 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
406 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
407 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
408 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
409 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
410 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
411 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
412 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
413 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
414 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
415 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
416 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
417 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
418 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
419 { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
420 { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
421 #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
422 };
423
424 /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
425 corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
426
427 static reloc_howto_type *
428 sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
429 {
430 unsigned int i;
431
432 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
433 {
434 if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
435 return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
436 }
437
438 return NULL;
439 }
440
441 static reloc_howto_type *
442 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
443 {
444 unsigned int i;
445
446 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
447 {
448 for (i = 0;
449 i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
450 / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
451 i++)
452 if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
453 && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
454 return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
455 }
456 else
457 {
458 for (i = 0;
459 i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
460 / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
461 i++)
462 if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
463 && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
464 return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
465 }
466
467 return NULL;
468 }
469
470 /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
471
472 static void
473 sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
474 {
475 unsigned int r;
476
477 r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
478
479 BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max);
480 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
481 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2);
482 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3);
483 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4);
484 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5);
485 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6);
486
487 cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
488 }
489 \f
490 /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
491 function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
492 There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
493 specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
494 into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
495 could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
496 functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
497 values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
498 they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
499
500 static bfd_boolean
501 sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
502 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
503 {
504 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
505 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
506 bfd_boolean have_code;
507 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
508 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
509 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
510
511 *again = FALSE;
512
513 if (link_info->relocatable
514 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
515 || sec->reloc_count == 0)
516 return TRUE;
517
518 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
519 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
520 & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
521 {
522 return TRUE;
523 }
524 #endif
525
526 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
527
528 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
529 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
530 link_info->keep_memory));
531 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
532 goto error_return;
533
534 have_code = FALSE;
535
536 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
537 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
538 {
539 bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
540 unsigned short insn;
541 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
542 bfd_signed_vma foff;
543
544 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
545 have_code = TRUE;
546
547 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
548 continue;
549
550 /* Get the section contents. */
551 if (contents == NULL)
552 {
553 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
554 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
555 else
556 {
557 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
558 goto error_return;
559 }
560 }
561
562 /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
563 the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
564 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
565 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
566 laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
567 if (laddr >= sec->size)
568 {
569 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
570 abfd,
571 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
572 continue;
573 }
574 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
575
576 /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
577 do. */
578 if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
579 {
580 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
581 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
582 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
583 continue;
584 }
585
586 /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
587 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
588 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
589 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
590 of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
591 on a four byte boundary. */
592 paddr = insn & 0xff;
593 paddr *= 4;
594 paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
595 if (paddr >= sec->size)
596 {
597 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
598 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
599 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
600 continue;
601 }
602
603 /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
604 being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
605 actually being called. */
606 for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
607 if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
608 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
609 break;
610 if (irelfn >= irelend)
611 {
612 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
613 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
614 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
615 continue;
616 }
617
618 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
619 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
620 {
621 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
622 if (isymbuf == NULL)
623 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
624 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
625 NULL, NULL, NULL);
626 if (isymbuf == NULL)
627 goto error_return;
628 }
629
630 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
631 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
632 {
633 /* A local symbol. */
634 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
635
636 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
637 if (isym->st_shndx
638 != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
639 {
640 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
641 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
642 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
643 continue;
644 }
645
646 symval = (isym->st_value
647 + sec->output_section->vma
648 + sec->output_offset);
649 }
650 else
651 {
652 unsigned long indx;
653 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
654
655 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
656 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
657 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
658 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
659 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
660 {
661 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
662 symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
663 regular reloc processing. */
664 continue;
665 }
666
667 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
668 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
669 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
670 }
671
672 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
673 symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
674 else
675 symval += irelfn->r_addend;
676
677 /* See if this function call can be shortened. */
678 foff = (symval
679 - (irel->r_offset
680 + sec->output_section->vma
681 + sec->output_offset
682 + 4));
683 /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
684 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
685 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
686 that. */
687 if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
688 {
689 /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
690 continue;
691 }
692
693 /* Shorten the function call. */
694
695 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
696 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
697 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
698 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
699 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
700 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
701 the linker is run. */
702
703 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
704 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
705 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
706
707 /* Replace the jsr with a bsr. */
708
709 /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
710 replace the jsr with a bsr. */
711 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
712 /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
713 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
714 not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
715 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
716 the value of the symbol is not available. */
717
718 /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
719 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
720 the final link phase handle it. */
721 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
722
723 irel->r_addend = -4;
724
725 /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
726 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
727 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
728 have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
729 irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
730
731 /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
732 register load. */
733 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
734 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
735 && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
736 break;
737 if (irelscan < irelend)
738 {
739 /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
740 and we have not yet converted that function call.
741 Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
742 nothing else we can do at this point. */
743 continue;
744 }
745
746 /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
747 function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
748 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
749 for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
750 if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
751 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
752 break;
753
754 /* Delete the register load. */
755 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
756 goto error_return;
757
758 /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
759 other function call to come within range, we should relax
760 again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
761 *again = TRUE;
762
763 /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
764 if (irelcount >= irelend)
765 {
766 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
767 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
768 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
769 continue;
770 }
771
772 /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
773 just deleted one. */
774 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
775 {
776 ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
777 abfd,
778 (unsigned long) paddr));
779 continue;
780 }
781
782 --irelcount->r_addend;
783
784 /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
785 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
786 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
787 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
788 {
789 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
790 goto error_return;
791 }
792
793 /* We've done all we can with that function call. */
794 }
795
796 /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
797 byte boundaries. */
798 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
799 && have_code)
800 {
801 bfd_boolean swapped;
802
803 /* Get the section contents. */
804 if (contents == NULL)
805 {
806 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
807 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
808 else
809 {
810 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
811 goto error_return;
812 }
813 }
814
815 if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
816 &swapped))
817 goto error_return;
818
819 if (swapped)
820 {
821 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
822 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
823 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
824 }
825 }
826
827 if (isymbuf != NULL
828 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
829 {
830 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
831 free (isymbuf);
832 else
833 {
834 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
835 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
836 }
837 }
838
839 if (contents != NULL
840 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
841 {
842 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
843 free (contents);
844 else
845 {
846 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
847 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
848 }
849 }
850
851 if (internal_relocs != NULL
852 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
853 free (internal_relocs);
854
855 return TRUE;
856
857 error_return:
858 if (isymbuf != NULL
859 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
860 free (isymbuf);
861 if (contents != NULL
862 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
863 free (contents);
864 if (internal_relocs != NULL
865 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
866 free (internal_relocs);
867
868 return FALSE;
869 }
870
871 /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
872 lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
873 in coff-sh.c. */
874
875 static bfd_boolean
876 sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
877 int count)
878 {
879 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
880 unsigned int sec_shndx;
881 bfd_byte *contents;
882 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
883 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
884 bfd_vma toaddr;
885 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
886 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
887 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
888 unsigned int symcount;
889 asection *o;
890
891 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
892 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
893
894 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
895
896 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
897
898 /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
899 power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
900
901 irelalign = NULL;
902 toaddr = sec->size;
903
904 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
905 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
906 for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
907 {
908 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
909 && irel->r_offset > addr
910 && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
911 {
912 irelalign = irel;
913 toaddr = irel->r_offset;
914 break;
915 }
916 }
917
918 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
919 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
920 (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
921 if (irelalign == NULL)
922 sec->size -= count;
923 else
924 {
925 int i;
926
927 #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
928
929 BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
930 for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
931 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
932 }
933
934 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
935 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
936 {
937 bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
938 bfd_vma start = 0;
939 int insn = 0;
940 int off, adjust, oinsn;
941 bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
942 bfd_boolean overflow;
943
944 /* Get the new reloc address. */
945 nraddr = irel->r_offset;
946 if ((irel->r_offset > addr
947 && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
948 || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
949 && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
950 nraddr -= count;
951
952 /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
953 case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
954 represent addresses, though. */
955 if (irel->r_offset >= addr
956 && irel->r_offset < addr + count
957 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
958 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
959 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
960 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
961 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
962 (int) R_SH_NONE);
963
964 /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
965 includes the bytes we have deleted. */
966 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
967 {
968 default:
969 break;
970
971 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
972 case R_SH_IND12W:
973 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
974 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
975 start = irel->r_offset;
976 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
977 break;
978 }
979
980 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
981 {
982 default:
983 start = stop = addr;
984 break;
985
986 case R_SH_DIR32:
987 /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
988 section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
989 must check the addend to see it will put the value in
990 range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
991 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
992 {
993 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
994 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
995 && (isym->st_value <= addr
996 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
997 {
998 bfd_vma val;
999
1000 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1001 {
1002 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1003 val += isym->st_value;
1004 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1005 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1006 }
1007 else
1008 {
1009 val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1010 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1011 irel->r_addend -= count;
1012 }
1013 }
1014 }
1015 start = stop = addr;
1016 break;
1017
1018 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1019 off = insn & 0xff;
1020 if (off & 0x80)
1021 off -= 0x100;
1022 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1023 break;
1024
1025 case R_SH_IND12W:
1026 off = insn & 0xfff;
1027 if (! off)
1028 {
1029 /* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
1030 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1031 final relocation will just do the right thing. */
1032 start = stop = addr;
1033 }
1034 else
1035 {
1036 if (off & 0x800)
1037 off -= 0x1000;
1038 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1039
1040 /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1041 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1042 start of the section.
1043 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1044 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1045 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
1046 if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1047 irel->r_addend -= count;
1048 }
1049 break;
1050
1051 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1052 off = insn & 0xff;
1053 stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1054 break;
1055
1056 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1057 off = insn & 0xff;
1058 stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1059 break;
1060
1061 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1062 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1063 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1064 /* These relocs types represent
1065 .word L2-L1
1066 The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1067 address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
1068 adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
1069 both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1070 N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1071 and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
1072
1073 stop = irel->r_offset;
1074 start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1075
1076 if (start > addr
1077 && start < toaddr
1078 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1079 irel->r_addend += count;
1080 else if (stop > addr
1081 && stop < toaddr
1082 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1083 irel->r_addend -= count;
1084
1085 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1086 voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1087 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1088 voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1089 else
1090 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1091 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1092
1093 break;
1094
1095 case R_SH_USES:
1096 start = irel->r_offset;
1097 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1098 + (long) irel->r_addend
1099 + 4);
1100 break;
1101 }
1102
1103 if (start > addr
1104 && start < toaddr
1105 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1106 adjust = count;
1107 else if (stop > addr
1108 && stop < toaddr
1109 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1110 adjust = - count;
1111 else
1112 adjust = 0;
1113
1114 if (adjust != 0)
1115 {
1116 oinsn = insn;
1117 overflow = FALSE;
1118 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1119 {
1120 default:
1121 abort ();
1122 break;
1123
1124 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1125 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1126 insn += adjust / 2;
1127 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1128 overflow = TRUE;
1129 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1130 break;
1131
1132 case R_SH_IND12W:
1133 insn += adjust / 2;
1134 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1135 overflow = TRUE;
1136 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1137 break;
1138
1139 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1140 BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1141 if (count >= 4)
1142 insn += adjust / 4;
1143 else
1144 {
1145 if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1146 ++insn;
1147 }
1148 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1149 overflow = TRUE;
1150 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1151 break;
1152
1153 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1154 voff += adjust;
1155 if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1156 overflow = TRUE;
1157 bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1158 break;
1159
1160 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1161 voff += adjust;
1162 if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1163 overflow = TRUE;
1164 bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1165 break;
1166
1167 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1168 voff += adjust;
1169 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1170 break;
1171
1172 case R_SH_USES:
1173 irel->r_addend += adjust;
1174 break;
1175 }
1176
1177 if (overflow)
1178 {
1179 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1180 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1181 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1182 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1183 return FALSE;
1184 }
1185 }
1186
1187 irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1188 }
1189
1190 /* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
1191 relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1192 below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
1193 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1194 {
1195 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1196 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1197 bfd_byte *ocontents;
1198
1199 if (o == sec
1200 || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1201 || o->reloc_count == 0)
1202 continue;
1203
1204 /* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1205 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1206 leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1207 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1208 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1209 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1210 return FALSE;
1211
1212 ocontents = NULL;
1213 irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1214 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1215 {
1216 /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
1217 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1218 {
1219 bfd_vma start, stop;
1220 bfd_signed_vma voff;
1221
1222 if (ocontents == NULL)
1223 {
1224 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1225 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1226 else
1227 {
1228 /* We always cache the section contents.
1229 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1230 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1231 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1232 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1233 {
1234 if (ocontents != NULL)
1235 free (ocontents);
1236 return FALSE;
1237 }
1238
1239 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1240 }
1241 }
1242
1243 stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1244 start
1245 = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1246
1247 /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
1248 if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1249 irelscan->r_addend += count;
1250
1251 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1252 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1253
1254 if (start > addr
1255 && start < toaddr
1256 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1257 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1258 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1259 else if (stop > addr
1260 && stop < toaddr
1261 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1262 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1263 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1264 }
1265
1266 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1267 continue;
1268
1269 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1270 continue;
1271
1272
1273 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1274 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1275 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1276 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1277 {
1278 bfd_vma val;
1279
1280 if (ocontents == NULL)
1281 {
1282 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1283 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1284 else
1285 {
1286 /* We always cache the section contents.
1287 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1288 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1289 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1290 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1291 {
1292 if (ocontents != NULL)
1293 free (ocontents);
1294 return FALSE;
1295 }
1296
1297 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1298 }
1299 }
1300
1301 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1302 val += isym->st_value;
1303 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1304 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1305 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1306 }
1307 }
1308 }
1309
1310 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
1311 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1312 for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1313 {
1314 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1315 && isym->st_value > addr
1316 && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1317 isym->st_value -= count;
1318 }
1319
1320 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
1321 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1322 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1323 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1324 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1325 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1326 {
1327 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1328 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1329 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1330 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1331 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1332 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1333 {
1334 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1335 }
1336 }
1337
1338 /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
1339 r_offset for it already. */
1340 if (irelalign != NULL)
1341 {
1342 bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1343
1344 alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1345 alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1346 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1347 if (alignto != alignaddr)
1348 {
1349 /* Tail recursion. */
1350 return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1351 (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1352 }
1353 }
1354
1355 return TRUE;
1356 }
1357
1358 /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1359 boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
1360
1361 static bfd_boolean
1362 sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1363 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1364 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1365 bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1366 {
1367 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1368 bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1369 bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1370 bfd_size_type amt;
1371
1372 *pswapped = FALSE;
1373
1374 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1375
1376 /* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
1377 amt = sec->reloc_count;
1378 amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1379 labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1380 if (labels == NULL)
1381 goto error_return;
1382 label_end = labels;
1383 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1384 {
1385 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1386 {
1387 *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1388 ++label_end;
1389 }
1390 }
1391
1392 /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1393 address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1394 the label values and the relocs. */
1395
1396 label = labels;
1397
1398 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1399 {
1400 bfd_vma start, stop;
1401
1402 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1403 continue;
1404
1405 start = irel->r_offset;
1406
1407 for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1408 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1409 break;
1410 if (irel < irelend)
1411 stop = irel->r_offset;
1412 else
1413 stop = sec->size;
1414
1415 if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1416 internal_relocs, &label,
1417 label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1418 goto error_return;
1419 }
1420
1421 free (labels);
1422
1423 return TRUE;
1424
1425 error_return:
1426 if (labels != NULL)
1427 free (labels);
1428 return FALSE;
1429 }
1430
1431 #ifndef SH64_ELF
1432 /* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
1433
1434 static bfd_boolean
1435 sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1436 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1437 {
1438 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1439 unsigned short i1, i2;
1440 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1441
1442 /* Swap the instructions themselves. */
1443 i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1444 i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1445 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1446 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1447
1448 /* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
1449 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1450 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1451 {
1452 enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1453 int add;
1454
1455 /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1456 adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1457 but are only associated with the address. */
1458 type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1459 if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1460 || type == R_SH_CODE
1461 || type == R_SH_DATA
1462 || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1463 continue;
1464
1465 /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1466 swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
1467 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1468 instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
1469 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1470 instruction it shouldn't). */
1471 if (type == R_SH_USES)
1472 {
1473 bfd_vma off;
1474
1475 off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1476 if (off == addr)
1477 irel->r_offset += 2;
1478 else if (off == addr + 2)
1479 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1480 }
1481
1482 if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1483 {
1484 irel->r_offset += 2;
1485 add = -2;
1486 }
1487 else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1488 {
1489 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1490 add = 2;
1491 }
1492 else
1493 add = 0;
1494
1495 if (add != 0)
1496 {
1497 bfd_byte *loc;
1498 unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1499 bfd_boolean overflow;
1500
1501 loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1502 overflow = FALSE;
1503 switch (type)
1504 {
1505 default:
1506 break;
1507
1508 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1509 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1510 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1511 oinsn = insn;
1512 insn += add / 2;
1513 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1514 overflow = TRUE;
1515 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1516 break;
1517
1518 case R_SH_IND12W:
1519 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1520 oinsn = insn;
1521 insn += add / 2;
1522 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1523 overflow = TRUE;
1524 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1525 break;
1526
1527 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1528 /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1529 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1530 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1531 swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
1532 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1533 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
1534 if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1535 {
1536 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1537 oinsn = insn;
1538 insn += add / 2;
1539 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1540 overflow = TRUE;
1541 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1542 }
1543
1544 break;
1545 }
1546
1547 if (overflow)
1548 {
1549 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1550 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1551 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1552 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1553 return FALSE;
1554 }
1555 }
1556 }
1557
1558 return TRUE;
1559 }
1560 #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1561 \f
1562 /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
1563
1564 struct elf_sh_plt_info
1565 {
1566 /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1567 first entry. */
1568 const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1569
1570 /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
1571 bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1572
1573 /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1574 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
1575 if there is no such pointer. */
1576 bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1577
1578 /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
1579 const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1580
1581 /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
1582 bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1583
1584 /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
1585 on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
1586 that the field must hold. */
1587 struct {
1588 bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1589 bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1590 bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1591 bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1592 instruction (instead of a constant pool
1593 entry). */
1594 } symbol_fields;
1595
1596 /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
1597 bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1598
1599 /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1600 MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in
1601 other cases. */
1602 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1603 };
1604
1605 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1606
1607 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1608
1609 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1610
1611 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1612
1613 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1614 {
1615 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1616 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1617 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1618 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1619 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1620 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1621 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1622 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1623 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1624 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1625 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1626 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1627 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1628 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1629 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1630 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1631 };
1632
1633 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1634 {
1635 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1636 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1637 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1638 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1639 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1640 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1641 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1642 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1643 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1644 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1645 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1646 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1647 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1648 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1649 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1650 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1651 };
1652
1653 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1654 this. */
1655
1656 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1657 {
1658 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1659 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1660 0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1661 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1662 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1663 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1664 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1665 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1666 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1667 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1668 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1669 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1670 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1671 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1672 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1673 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1674 };
1675
1676 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1677 {
1678 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1679 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1680 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1681 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1682 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1683 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1684 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1685 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1686 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1687 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1688 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1689 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1690 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1691 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1692 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1693 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1694 };
1695
1696 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1697
1698 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1699 {
1700 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1701 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1702 0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1703 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1704 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1705 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1706 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1707 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1708 0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1709 0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1710 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1711 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1712 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1713 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1714 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1715 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1716 };
1717
1718 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1719 {
1720 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1721 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1722 0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1723 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1724 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1725 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1726 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1727 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1728 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1729 0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1730 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1731 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1732 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1733 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1734 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1735 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1736 };
1737
1738 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1739 {
1740 {
1741 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1742 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1743 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1744 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1745 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1746 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1747 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1748 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1749 NULL
1750 },
1751 {
1752 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1753 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1754 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1755 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1756 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1757 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1758 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1759 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1760 NULL
1761 },
1762 },
1763 {
1764 {
1765 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1766 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1767 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1768 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1769 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1770 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1771 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1772 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1773 NULL
1774 },
1775 {
1776 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1777 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1778 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1779 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1780 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1781 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1782 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1783 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1784 NULL
1785 },
1786 }
1787 };
1788
1789 /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */
1790 #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1791
1792 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1793 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1794 not data.
1795
1796 On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */
1797
1798 inline static void
1799 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1800 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1801 {
1802 value |= code_p;
1803 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1804 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1805 | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1806 addr);
1807 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1808 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1809 | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1810 addr + 4);
1811 }
1812
1813 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
1814 the object is position-independent. */
1815
1816 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1817 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1818 {
1819 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1820 }
1821 #else
1822 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1823
1824 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1825
1826 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1827
1828 /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
1829 GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1830 corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1831 to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1832 and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1833 ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1834 since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1835 greater than or equal to 12. */
1836 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1837 {
1838 0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1839 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1840 0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1841 0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1842 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1843 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1844 0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1845 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1846 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1847 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1848 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1849 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1850 };
1851
1852 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1853 {
1854 0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1855 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1856 0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1857 0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1858 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1859 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1860 0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1861 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1862 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1863 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1864 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1865 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1866 };
1867
1868 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1869 this. */
1870
1871 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1872 {
1873 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1874 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1875 0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1876 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1877 0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
1878 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1879 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1880 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1881 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1882 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1883 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1884 };
1885
1886 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1887 {
1888 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1889 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1890 0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1891 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1892 0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
1893 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1894 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1895 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1896 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1897 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1898 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1899 };
1900
1901 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1902
1903 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1904 {
1905 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1906 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1907 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1908 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1909 0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1910 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1911 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1912 0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1913 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1914 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1915 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1916 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1917 };
1918
1919 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1920 {
1921 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1922 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1923 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1924 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1925 0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1926 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1927 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1928 0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1929 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1930 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1931 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1932 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1933 };
1934
1935 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1936 {
1937 {
1938 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1939 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1940 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1941 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1942 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1943 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1944 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1945 8,
1946 NULL
1947 },
1948 {
1949 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1950 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1951 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1952 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1953 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1954 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1955 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1956 8,
1957 NULL
1958 },
1959 },
1960 {
1961 {
1962 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1963 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1964 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1965 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1966 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1967 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1968 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1969 8,
1970 NULL
1971 },
1972 {
1973 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1974 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1975 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1976 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1977 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1978 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1979 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1980 8,
1981 NULL
1982 },
1983 }
1984 };
1985
1986 #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1987 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1988
1989 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1990 {
1991 0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1992 0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1993 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1994 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1995 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
1996 };
1997
1998 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1999 {
2000 0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2001 0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2002 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2003 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2004 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2005 };
2006
2007 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2008 {
2009 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2010 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2011 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2012 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2013 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2014 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2015 0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2016 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2017 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2018 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2019 };
2020
2021 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2022 {
2023 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2024 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2025 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2026 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2027 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2028 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2029 0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2030 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2031 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2032 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2033 };
2034
2035 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2036 {
2037 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2038 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2039 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2040 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2041 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2042 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2043 0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2044 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2045 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2046 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2047 };
2048
2049 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2050 {
2051 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2052 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2053 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2054 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2055 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2056 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2057 0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2058 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2059 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2060 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2061 };
2062
2063 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2064 {
2065 {
2066 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
2067 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2068 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2069 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2070 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2071 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2072 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2073 12,
2074 NULL
2075 },
2076 {
2077 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
2078 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2079 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2080 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2081 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2082 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2083 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2084 12,
2085 NULL
2086 },
2087 },
2088 {
2089 {
2090 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2091 NULL,
2092 0,
2093 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2094 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2095 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2096 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2097 12,
2098 NULL
2099 },
2100 {
2101 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2102 NULL,
2103 0,
2104 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2105 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2106 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2107 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2108 12,
2109 NULL
2110 },
2111 }
2112 };
2113
2114 /* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2115 binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2116 and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2117 cache behavior. */
2118
2119 #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2120 #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2121
2122 /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2123 duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So
2124 right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It
2125 might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2126 stubs separately. */
2127
2128 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2129 {
2130 0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2131 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2132 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2133 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2134 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2135 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2136 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2137 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2138 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2139 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2140 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2141 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2142 };
2143
2144 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2145 {
2146 0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2147 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2148 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2149 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2150 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2151 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2152 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2153 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2154 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2155 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2156 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2157 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2158 };
2159
2160 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2161 {
2162 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2163 NULL,
2164 0,
2165 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2166 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2167 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2168 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2169 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2170 NULL
2171 },
2172 {
2173 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2174 NULL,
2175 0,
2176 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2177 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2178 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2179 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2180 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2181 NULL
2182 },
2183 };
2184
2185 /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2186 entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2187 past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2188 but would not be any smaller. */
2189
2190 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2191 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2192
2193 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2194 {
2195 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2196 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2197 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2198 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2199 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2200 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2201 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2202 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2203 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2204 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2205 };
2206
2207 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2208 {
2209 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2210 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2211 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2212 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2213 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2214 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2215 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2216 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2217 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2218 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2219 };
2220
2221 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2222 /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2223 NULL,
2224 0,
2225 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2226 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2227 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2228 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2229 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2230 NULL
2231 };
2232
2233 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2234 /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2235 NULL,
2236 0,
2237 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2238 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2239 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2240 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2241 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2242 NULL
2243 };
2244
2245 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2246 {
2247 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2248 NULL,
2249 0,
2250 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2251 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2252 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2253 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2254 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2255 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2256 },
2257 {
2258 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2259 NULL,
2260 0,
2261 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2262 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2263 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2264 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2265 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2266 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2267 },
2268 };
2269
2270 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
2271 the object is position-independent. */
2272
2273 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2274 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2275 {
2276 if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2277 {
2278 /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2279 sequence. */
2280 if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2281 return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2282 else
2283 return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2284 }
2285 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2286 return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2287 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2288 }
2289
2290 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2291 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2292 not data. */
2293
2294 inline static void
2295 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2296 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2297 {
2298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2299 }
2300 #endif
2301
2302 /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2303 Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2304 20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2305 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2306 #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2307
2308 /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
2309
2310 static bfd_vma
2311 get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2312 {
2313 bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2314
2315 offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2316 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2317 {
2318 if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2319 {
2320 plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2321 offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2322 }
2323 else
2324 info = info->short_plt;
2325 }
2326 return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2327 }
2328
2329 /* Do the inverse operation. */
2330
2331 static bfd_vma
2332 get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2333 {
2334 bfd_vma offset = 0;
2335
2336 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2337 {
2338 if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2339 {
2340 offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2341 plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2342 }
2343 else
2344 info = info->short_plt;
2345 }
2346 return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2347 + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2348 }
2349
2350 /* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2351 decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2352 This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2353 unnecessary. We store the information in a field extending the
2354 regular ELF linker hash table. */
2355
2356 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2357 {
2358 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2359
2360 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2361 asection *sec;
2362
2363 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2364 bfd_size_type count;
2365
2366 /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */
2367 bfd_size_type pc_count;
2368 };
2369
2370 union gotref
2371 {
2372 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2373 bfd_vma offset;
2374 };
2375
2376 /* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
2377
2378 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2379 {
2380 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2381
2382 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2383 union
2384 {
2385 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2386 bfd_vma offset;
2387 } datalabel_got;
2388 #endif
2389
2390 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2391 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2392
2393 bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2394
2395 /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts
2396 R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2397 relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2398 for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2399 MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2400 managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2401 During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2402 descriptor will be canonical. */
2403 union gotref funcdesc;
2404
2405 /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2406 and thus require fixups or relocations. */
2407 bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2408
2409 enum got_type {
2410 GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2411 } got_type;
2412 };
2413
2414 #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2415
2416 struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2417 {
2418 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2419
2420 /* got_type for each local got entry. */
2421 char *local_got_type;
2422
2423 /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */
2424 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2425 };
2426
2427 #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2428 ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2429
2430 #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2431 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2432
2433 #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2434 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2435
2436 #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2437 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2438 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2439 && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2440
2441 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2442 as the specific tdata. */
2443
2444 static bfd_boolean
2445 sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2446 {
2447 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2448 SH_ELF_DATA);
2449 }
2450
2451 /* sh ELF linker hash table. */
2452
2453 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2454 {
2455 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2456
2457 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2458 asection *sgot;
2459 asection *sgotplt;
2460 asection *srelgot;
2461 asection *splt;
2462 asection *srelplt;
2463 asection *sdynbss;
2464 asection *srelbss;
2465 asection *sfuncdesc;
2466 asection *srelfuncdesc;
2467 asection *srofixup;
2468
2469 /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
2470 asection *srelplt2;
2471
2472 /* Small local sym cache. */
2473 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2474
2475 /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
2476 union
2477 {
2478 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2479 bfd_vma offset;
2480 } tls_ldm_got;
2481
2482 /* The type of PLT to use. */
2483 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2484
2485 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2486 bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2487
2488 /* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */
2489 bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2490 };
2491
2492 /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2493
2494 #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
2495 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
2496 (&(table)->root, \
2497 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2498 (info)))
2499
2500 /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2501
2502 #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2503 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2504 == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2505
2506 /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2507
2508 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2509 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2510 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2511 const char *string)
2512 {
2513 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2514 (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2515
2516 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2517 subclass. */
2518 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2519 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2520 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2521 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2522 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2523 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2524
2525 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2526 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2527 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2528 table, string));
2529 if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2530 {
2531 ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2532 ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2533 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2534 ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2535 #endif
2536 ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2537 ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2538 ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2539 }
2540
2541 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2542 }
2543
2544 /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2545
2546 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2547 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2548 {
2549 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2550 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2551
2552 ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
2553 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2554 return NULL;
2555
2556 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2557 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2558 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2559 SH_ELF_DATA))
2560 {
2561 free (ret);
2562 return NULL;
2563 }
2564
2565 ret->sgot = NULL;
2566 ret->sgotplt = NULL;
2567 ret->srelgot = NULL;
2568 ret->splt = NULL;
2569 ret->srelplt = NULL;
2570 ret->sdynbss = NULL;
2571 ret->srelbss = NULL;
2572 ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
2573 ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
2574 ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
2575 ret->plt_info = NULL;
2576 ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2577 ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2578
2579 return &ret->root.root;
2580 }
2581
2582 static bfd_boolean
2583 sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2584 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2585 {
2586 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2587
2588 /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */
2589 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2590 return TRUE;
2591
2592 /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2593 relocate independently. */
2594 switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2595 {
2596 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2597 case SHT_NOBITS:
2598 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2599 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
2600 case SHT_NULL:
2601 return FALSE;
2602
2603 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2604 against any other section. */
2605 default:
2606 return TRUE;
2607 }
2608 }
2609
2610 /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2611 shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
2612
2613 static bfd_boolean
2614 create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2615 {
2616 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2617
2618 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2619 return FALSE;
2620
2621 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2622 if (htab == NULL)
2623 return FALSE;
2624
2625 htab->sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
2626 htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2627 htab->srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2628 if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2629 abort ();
2630
2631 htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2632 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2633 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2634 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2635 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2636 if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2637 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2638 return FALSE;
2639
2640 htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2641 ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2642 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2643 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2644 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2645 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2646 | SEC_READONLY));
2647 if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2648 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2649 return FALSE;
2650
2651 /* Also create .rofixup. */
2652 htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2653 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2654 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2655 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2656 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2657 | SEC_READONLY));
2658 if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2659 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2660 return FALSE;
2661
2662 return TRUE;
2663 }
2664
2665 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
2666
2667 static bfd_boolean
2668 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2669 {
2670 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2671 flagword flags, pltflags;
2672 asection *s;
2673 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2674 int ptralign = 0;
2675
2676 switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2677 {
2678 case 32:
2679 ptralign = 2;
2680 break;
2681
2682 case 64:
2683 ptralign = 3;
2684 break;
2685
2686 default:
2687 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2688 return FALSE;
2689 }
2690
2691 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2692 if (htab == NULL)
2693 return FALSE;
2694
2695 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2696 return TRUE;
2697
2698 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2699 .rel[a].bss sections. */
2700
2701 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2702 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2703
2704 pltflags = flags;
2705 pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2706 if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2707 pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2708 if (bed->plt_readonly)
2709 pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2710
2711 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2712 htab->splt = s;
2713 if (s == NULL
2714 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2715 return FALSE;
2716
2717 if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2718 {
2719 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2720 .plt section. */
2721 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2722 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2723
2724 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2725 (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2726 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2727 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2728 return FALSE;
2729
2730 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2731 h->def_regular = 1;
2732 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2733 htab->root.hplt = h;
2734
2735 if (info->shared
2736 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2737 return FALSE;
2738 }
2739
2740 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2741 bed->default_use_rela_p
2742 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2743 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2744 htab->srelplt = s;
2745 if (s == NULL
2746 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2747 return FALSE;
2748
2749 if (htab->sgot == NULL
2750 && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2751 return FALSE;
2752
2753 if (bed->want_dynbss)
2754 {
2755 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2756 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2757 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
2758 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2759 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
2760 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
2761 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2762 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2763 htab->sdynbss = s;
2764 if (s == NULL)
2765 return FALSE;
2766
2767 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
2768 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
2769 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
2770 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2771 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2772 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2773 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2774 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
2775 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
2776 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2777 copy relocs. */
2778 if (! info->shared)
2779 {
2780 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2781 (bed->default_use_rela_p
2782 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2783 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2784 htab->srelbss = s;
2785 if (s == NULL
2786 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2787 return FALSE;
2788 }
2789 }
2790
2791 if (htab->vxworks_p)
2792 {
2793 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2794 return FALSE;
2795 }
2796
2797 return TRUE;
2798 }
2799 \f
2800 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2801 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2802 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2803 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2804 understand. */
2805
2806 static bfd_boolean
2807 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2808 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2809 {
2810 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2811 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2812 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2813 asection *s;
2814
2815 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2816 if (htab == NULL)
2817 return FALSE;
2818
2819 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
2820 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2821 && (h->needs_plt
2822 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2823 || (h->def_dynamic
2824 && h->ref_regular
2825 && !h->def_regular)));
2826
2827 /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2828 will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2829 when we know the address of the .got section. */
2830 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2831 || h->needs_plt)
2832 {
2833 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2834 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2835 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2836 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2837 {
2838 /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2839 file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2840 object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2841 a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2842 reloc instead. */
2843 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2844 h->needs_plt = 0;
2845 }
2846
2847 return TRUE;
2848 }
2849 else
2850 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2851
2852 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2853 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2854 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2855 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2856 {
2857 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2858 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2859 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2860 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2861 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2862 h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2863 return TRUE;
2864 }
2865
2866 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2867 is not a function. */
2868
2869 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2870 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2871 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2872 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2873 if (info->shared)
2874 return TRUE;
2875
2876 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2877 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
2878 if (!h->non_got_ref)
2879 return TRUE;
2880
2881 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
2882 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2883 {
2884 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2885 return TRUE;
2886 }
2887
2888 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2889 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2890 {
2891 s = p->sec->output_section;
2892 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2893 break;
2894 }
2895
2896 /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2897 copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2898 the copy reloc. */
2899 if (p == NULL)
2900 {
2901 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2902 return TRUE;
2903 }
2904
2905 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2906 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
2907 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
2908 object will contain position independent code, so all references
2909 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2910 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2911 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2912 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2913 same memory location for the variable. */
2914
2915 s = htab->sdynbss;
2916 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2917
2918 /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2919 copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2920 runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
2921 .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
2922 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
2923 {
2924 asection *srel;
2925
2926 srel = htab->srelbss;
2927 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2928 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2929 h->needs_copy = 1;
2930 }
2931
2932 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
2933 }
2934
2935 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2936 dynamic relocs. */
2937
2938 static bfd_boolean
2939 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2940 {
2941 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2942 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2943 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2944 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2945
2946 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2947 return TRUE;
2948
2949 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2950 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2951 if (htab == NULL)
2952 return FALSE;
2953
2954 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2955 if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2956 || h->forced_local)
2957 && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2958 {
2959 /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2960 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2961 h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2962 if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2963 h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2964 }
2965
2966 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2967 && h->plt.refcount > 0
2968 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2969 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2970 {
2971 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2972 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
2973 if (h->dynindx == -1
2974 && !h->forced_local)
2975 {
2976 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2977 return FALSE;
2978 }
2979
2980 if (info->shared
2981 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
2982 {
2983 asection *s = htab->splt;
2984 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2985
2986 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
2987 first entry. */
2988 if (s->size == 0)
2989 s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
2990
2991 h->plt.offset = s->size;
2992
2993 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
2994 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
2995 location in the .plt. This is required to make function
2996 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
2997 the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the
2998 function's address will be the address of the canonical
2999 function descriptor. */
3000 if (!htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && !h->def_regular)
3001 {
3002 h->root.u.def.section = s;
3003 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3004 }
3005
3006 /* Make room for this entry. */
3007 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
3008 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
3009 && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3010 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3011 s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3012
3013 /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3014 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
3015 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3016 htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3017 else
3018 htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3019
3020 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
3021 htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3022
3023 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
3024 {
3025 /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3026 for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
3027 section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
3028
3029 /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3030 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3031 if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3032 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3033
3034 /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3035 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3036 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
3037 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3038 }
3039 }
3040 else
3041 {
3042 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3043 h->needs_plt = 0;
3044 }
3045 }
3046 else
3047 {
3048 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3049 h->needs_plt = 0;
3050 }
3051
3052 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3053 {
3054 asection *s;
3055 bfd_boolean dyn;
3056 enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3057
3058 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3059 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3060 if (h->dynindx == -1
3061 && !h->forced_local)
3062 {
3063 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3064 return FALSE;
3065 }
3066
3067 s = htab->sgot;
3068 h->got.offset = s->size;
3069 s->size += 4;
3070 /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
3071 if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3072 s->size += 4;
3073 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3074 if (!dyn)
3075 {
3076 /* No dynamic relocations required. */
3077 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
3078 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3079 && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3080 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3081 }
3082 /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens. */
3083 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && !h->def_dynamic && !info->shared)
3084 ;
3085 /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3086 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
3087 else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3088 || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3089 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3090 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3091 htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3092 else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3093 {
3094 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3095 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3096 else
3097 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3098 }
3099 else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3100 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3101 && (info->shared
3102 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3103 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3104 else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3105 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3106 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3107 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3108 }
3109 else
3110 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3111
3112 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3113 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3114 {
3115 asection *s;
3116 bfd_boolean dyn;
3117
3118 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3119 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3120 if (h->dynindx == -1
3121 && !h->forced_local)
3122 {
3123 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3124 return FALSE;
3125 }
3126
3127 s = htab->sgot;
3128 eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3129 s->size += 4;
3130 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3131 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
3132 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3133 }
3134 else
3135 eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3136 #endif
3137
3138 /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3139 descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the
3140 reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3141 undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3142 static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */
3143 if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3144 && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3145 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3146 && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3147 {
3148 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3149 htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3150 else
3151 htab->srelgot->size
3152 += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3153 }
3154
3155 /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3156 a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3157 the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this
3158 applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3159 canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3160 won't be a PLT entry at all. */
3161 if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3162 || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3163 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3164 && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3165 {
3166 /* Make room for this function descriptor. */
3167 eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3168 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3169
3170 /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3171 function descriptor, so allocate those too. */
3172 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3173 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3174 else
3175 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3176 }
3177
3178 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3179 return TRUE;
3180
3181 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3182 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3183 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
3184 space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3185 visibility changes. */
3186
3187 if (info->shared)
3188 {
3189 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3190 {
3191 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3192
3193 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3194 {
3195 p->count -= p->pc_count;
3196 p->pc_count = 0;
3197 if (p->count == 0)
3198 *pp = p->next;
3199 else
3200 pp = &p->next;
3201 }
3202 }
3203
3204 if (htab->vxworks_p)
3205 {
3206 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3207
3208 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3209 {
3210 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3211 *pp = p->next;
3212 else
3213 pp = &p->next;
3214 }
3215 }
3216
3217 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3218 visibility. */
3219 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3220 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3221 {
3222 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3223 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3224
3225 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3226 symbol in PIEs. */
3227 else if (h->dynindx == -1
3228 && !h->forced_local)
3229 {
3230 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3231 return FALSE;
3232 }
3233 }
3234 }
3235 else
3236 {
3237 /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3238 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3239 dynamic. */
3240
3241 if (!h->non_got_ref
3242 && ((h->def_dynamic
3243 && !h->def_regular)
3244 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3245 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3246 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3247 {
3248 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3249 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3250 if (h->dynindx == -1
3251 && !h->forced_local)
3252 {
3253 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3254 return FALSE;
3255 }
3256
3257 /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3258 relocs. */
3259 if (h->dynindx != -1)
3260 goto keep;
3261 }
3262
3263 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3264
3265 keep: ;
3266 }
3267
3268 /* Finally, allocate space. */
3269 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3270 {
3271 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3272 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3273
3274 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3275 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3276 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3277 }
3278
3279 return TRUE;
3280 }
3281
3282 /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
3283
3284 static bfd_boolean
3285 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3286 {
3287 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3288 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3289
3290 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3291 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3292 {
3293 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3294
3295 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3296 {
3297 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3298
3299 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3300
3301 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
3302 return FALSE;
3303 }
3304 }
3305 return TRUE;
3306 }
3307
3308 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3309 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3310 It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
3311
3312 static bfd_boolean
3313 sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3314 {
3315 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared);
3316
3317 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->relocatable)
3318 {
3319 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3320
3321 /* Force a PT_GNU_STACK segment to be created. */
3322 if (! elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags)
3323 elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
3324
3325 /* Define __stacksize if it's not defined yet. */
3326 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3327 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3328 if (! h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3329 || h->type != STT_OBJECT
3330 || !h->def_regular)
3331 {
3332 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
3333
3334 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3335 (info, output_bfd, "__stacksize",
3336 BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE,
3337 (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
3338 get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->collect, &bh)))
3339 return FALSE;
3340
3341 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
3342 h->def_regular = 1;
3343 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
3344 }
3345 }
3346 return TRUE;
3347 }
3348
3349 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
3350
3351 static bfd_boolean
3352 sh_elf_modify_program_headers (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3353 {
3354 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (output_bfd);
3355 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3356 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3357
3358 /* objcopy and strip preserve what's already there using
3359 sh_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (). */
3360 if (! info)
3361 return TRUE;
3362
3363 for (p = tdata->phdr, m = tdata->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
3364 if (m->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
3365 break;
3366
3367 if (m)
3368 {
3369 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3370
3371 /* Obtain the pointer to the __stacksize symbol. */
3372 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3373 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3374 if (h)
3375 {
3376 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3377 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3378 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3379 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
3380 }
3381
3382 /* Set the header p_memsz from the symbol value. We
3383 intentionally ignore the symbol section. */
3384 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
3385 p->p_memsz = h->root.u.def.value;
3386 else
3387 p->p_memsz = DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE;
3388
3389 p->p_align = 8;
3390 }
3391
3392 return TRUE;
3393 }
3394
3395 #endif
3396
3397 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3398
3399 static bfd_boolean
3400 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3401 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3402 {
3403 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3404 bfd *dynobj;
3405 asection *s;
3406 bfd_boolean relocs;
3407 bfd *ibfd;
3408
3409 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3410 if (htab == NULL)
3411 return FALSE;
3412
3413 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3414 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3415
3416 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3417 {
3418 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3419 if (info->executable)
3420 {
3421 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
3422 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3423 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3424 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3425 }
3426 }
3427
3428 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3429 relocs. */
3430 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
3431 {
3432 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3433 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3434 union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3435 char *local_got_type;
3436 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3437 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3438 asection *srel;
3439
3440 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3441 continue;
3442
3443 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3444 {
3445 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3446
3447 for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3448 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3449 p != NULL;
3450 p = p->next)
3451 {
3452 if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3453 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3454 {
3455 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3456 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3457 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3458 the relocs too. */
3459 }
3460 else if (htab->vxworks_p
3461 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3462 ".tls_vars") == 0)
3463 {
3464 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3465 handled specially by the loader. */
3466 }
3467 else if (p->count != 0)
3468 {
3469 srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3470 srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3471 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3472 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3473
3474 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3475 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3476 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3477 }
3478 }
3479 }
3480
3481 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3482 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3483 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3484 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
3485 locsymcount *= 2;
3486 #endif
3487 s = htab->sgot;
3488 srel = htab->srelgot;
3489
3490 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3491 if (local_got)
3492 {
3493 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3494 local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3495 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3496 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3497 {
3498 if (*local_got > 0)
3499 {
3500 *local_got = s->size;
3501 s->size += 4;
3502 if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3503 s->size += 4;
3504 if (info->shared)
3505 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3506 else
3507 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3508
3509 if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3510 {
3511 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3512 {
3513 bfd_size_type size;
3514
3515 size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3516 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3517 size);
3518 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3519 return FALSE;
3520 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3521 local_funcdesc += (local_got
3522 - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3523 }
3524 local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3525 ++local_funcdesc;
3526 }
3527 }
3528 else
3529 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3530 ++local_got_type;
3531 }
3532 }
3533
3534 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3535 if (local_funcdesc)
3536 {
3537 end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3538
3539 for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3540 {
3541 if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3542 {
3543 local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3544 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3545 if (!info->shared)
3546 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3547 else
3548 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3549 }
3550 else
3551 local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3552 }
3553 }
3554
3555 }
3556
3557 if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3558 {
3559 /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3560 relocs. */
3561 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3562 htab->sgot->size += 8;
3563 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3564 }
3565 else
3566 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3567
3568 /* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at
3569 the end of .got.plt. */
3570 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3571 {
3572 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3573 htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3574 }
3575
3576 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3577 sym dynamic relocs. */
3578 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3579
3580 /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3581 end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */
3582 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3583 {
3584 htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3585 htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3586 }
3587
3588 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
3589 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3590 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3591
3592 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3593 Allocate memory for them. */
3594 relocs = FALSE;
3595 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3596 {
3597 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3598 continue;
3599
3600 if (s == htab->splt
3601 || s == htab->sgot
3602 || s == htab->sgotplt
3603 || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3604 || s == htab->srofixup
3605 || s == htab->sdynbss)
3606 {
3607 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3608 comment below. */
3609 }
3610 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3611 {
3612 if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3613 relocs = TRUE;
3614
3615 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3616 to copy relocs into the output file. */
3617 s->reloc_count = 0;
3618 }
3619 else
3620 {
3621 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3622 continue;
3623 }
3624
3625 if (s->size == 0)
3626 {
3627 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3628 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3629 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3630 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3631 before the linker maps input sections to output
3632 sections. The linker does that before
3633 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3634 function which decides whether anything needs to go
3635 into these sections. */
3636
3637 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3638 continue;
3639 }
3640
3641 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3642 continue;
3643
3644 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
3645 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3646 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
3647 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3648 of garbage. */
3649 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3650 if (s->contents == NULL)
3651 return FALSE;
3652 }
3653
3654 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3655 {
3656 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3657 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3658 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3659 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3660 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3661 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3662 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3663
3664 if (info->executable)
3665 {
3666 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3667 return FALSE;
3668 }
3669
3670 if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3671 {
3672 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3673 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3674 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3675 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3676 return FALSE;
3677 }
3678 else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
3679 && htab->sgot->size != 0)
3680 {
3681 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3682 return FALSE;
3683 }
3684
3685 if (relocs)
3686 {
3687 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3688 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3689 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3690 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3691 return FALSE;
3692
3693 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3694 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
3695 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3696 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3697
3698 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3699 {
3700 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3701 return FALSE;
3702 }
3703 }
3704 if (htab->vxworks_p
3705 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3706 return FALSE;
3707 }
3708 #undef add_dynamic_entry
3709
3710 return TRUE;
3711 }
3712 \f
3713 /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */
3714
3715 inline static bfd_vma
3716 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3717 int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3718 {
3719 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3720 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3721
3722 outrel.r_offset = offset;
3723 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3724 outrel.r_addend = addend;
3725
3726 reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3727 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3728 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3729 sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3730 sreloc->reloc_count++;
3731
3732 return reloc_offset;
3733 }
3734
3735 /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */
3736
3737 inline static void
3738 sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3739 {
3740 bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3741
3742 fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3743 BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3744 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3745 }
3746
3747 /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3748 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */
3749
3750 static bfd_signed_vma
3751 sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3752 {
3753 return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3754 - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3755 }
3756
3757 /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3758 located. */
3759
3760 static unsigned
3761 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3762 {
3763 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
3764
3765 if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3766 p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
3767
3768 /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel
3769 supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3770 a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */
3771 return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3772 }
3773
3774 static bfd_boolean
3775 sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3776 {
3777 unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3778
3779 return (seg != (unsigned) -1
3780 && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
3781 }
3782
3783 /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3784 with any relocations or fixups required. */
3785 static bfd_boolean
3786 sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3787 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3788 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3789 bfd_vma offset,
3790 asection *section,
3791 bfd_vma value)
3792 {
3793 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3794 int dynindx;
3795 bfd_vma addr, seg;
3796
3797 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3798
3799 /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3800 descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could
3801 go in the reloc instead... */
3802
3803 if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3804 {
3805 section = h->root.u.def.section;
3806 value = h->root.u.def.value;
3807 }
3808
3809 if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3810 {
3811 dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3812 addr = value + section->output_offset;
3813 seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3814 }
3815 else
3816 {
3817 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3818 dynindx = h->dynindx;
3819 addr = seg = 0;
3820 }
3821
3822 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3823 {
3824 if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3825 {
3826 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3827 offset
3828 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3829 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3830 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3831 offset + 4
3832 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3833 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3834 }
3835
3836 /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3837 address and gp value (barring fixups). */
3838 addr += section->output_section->vma;
3839 seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3840 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3841 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3842 }
3843 else
3844 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3845 offset
3846 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3847 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3848 R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3849
3850 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3851 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3852
3853 return TRUE;
3854 }
3855
3856 /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3857 VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3858 otherwise. */
3859
3860 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3861 install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3862 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3863 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3864 {
3865 unsigned long cur_val;
3866 bfd_byte *addr;
3867 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3868
3869 if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3870 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3871
3872 r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3873 bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3874 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3875 return r;
3876
3877 addr = contents + offset;
3878 cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3879 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3880 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3881
3882 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3883 }
3884
3885 /* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
3886
3887 static bfd_boolean
3888 sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3889 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3890 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3891 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3892 asection **local_sections)
3893 {
3894 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3895 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3896 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3897 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3898 bfd *dynobj = NULL;
3899 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3900 asection *sgot = NULL;
3901 asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3902 asection *splt = NULL;
3903 asection *sreloc = NULL;
3904 asection *srelgot = NULL;
3905 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3906 unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3907 bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3908
3909 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3910
3911 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3912 if (htab != NULL)
3913 {
3914 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3915 sgot = htab->sgot;
3916 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3917 splt = htab->splt;
3918 fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3919 }
3920 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3921 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3922 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3923
3924 isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3925 input_section->output_section);
3926 if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3927 got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3928 sgot->output_section);
3929 else
3930 got_segment = -1;
3931 if (fdpic_p && splt)
3932 plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3933 splt->output_section);
3934 else
3935 plt_segment = -1;
3936
3937 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3938 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
3939 is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && info->shared
3940 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3941 ".tls_vars"));
3942
3943 rel = relocs;
3944 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3945 for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3946 {
3947 int r_type;
3948 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3949 unsigned long r_symndx;
3950 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3951 asection *sec;
3952 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3953 bfd_vma relocation;
3954 bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3955 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3956 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3957 bfd_vma off;
3958 enum got_type got_type;
3959 const char *symname = NULL;
3960
3961 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3962
3963 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3964
3965 /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3966 handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
3967 if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3968 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3969 continue;
3970 if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3971 continue;
3972
3973 if (r_type < 0
3974 || r_type >= R_SH_max
3975 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
3976 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
3977 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
3978 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
3979 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
3980 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
3981 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
3982 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
3983 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
3984 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
3985 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
3986 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
3987 {
3988 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3989 return FALSE;
3990 }
3991
3992 howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
3993
3994 /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
3995 the relocation. */
3996 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3997 addend = rel->r_addend;
3998
3999 h = NULL;
4000 sym = NULL;
4001 sec = NULL;
4002 check_segment[0] = -1;
4003 check_segment[1] = -1;
4004 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4005 {
4006 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
4007 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
4008
4009 symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
4010 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
4011 if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
4012 symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4013
4014 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
4015 + sec->output_offset
4016 + sym->st_value);
4017 /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
4018 datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change
4019 without notice. */
4020 if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
4021 ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
4022 (info,
4023 _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
4024 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
4025
4026 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
4027 /* Handled below. */
4028 ;
4029 else if (info->relocatable)
4030 {
4031 /* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
4032 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
4033 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
4034 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
4035 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4036 {
4037 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4038 {
4039 /* For relocations with the addend in the
4040 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
4041 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
4042 code is mostly for completeness. */
4043 rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
4044
4045 continue;
4046 }
4047
4048 /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
4049 contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
4050 from the changed location of the section symbol.
4051 Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
4052 final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
4053 relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
4054 location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
4055 final link. */
4056 r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
4057 sec->output_offset
4058 + sym->st_value,
4059 contents + rel->r_offset);
4060 goto relocation_done;
4061 }
4062
4063 continue;
4064 }
4065 else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4066 {
4067 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
4068 addend = rel->r_addend;
4069 }
4070 else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4071 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4072 {
4073 asection *msec;
4074
4075 if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4076 {
4077 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4078 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4079 input_bfd, input_section,
4080 (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4081 return FALSE;
4082 }
4083
4084 addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4085 msec = sec;
4086 addend =
4087 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4088 - relocation;
4089 addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4090 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4091 addend = 0;
4092 }
4093 }
4094 else
4095 {
4096 /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
4097
4098 relocation = 0;
4099 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4100 symname = h->root.root.string;
4101 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4102 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4103 {
4104 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4105 /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4106 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4107 doesn't count. */
4108 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4109 #endif
4110 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4111 }
4112 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4113 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4114 {
4115 bfd_boolean dyn;
4116
4117 dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4118 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4119 /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4120 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4121 sec->output_section will be NULL. */
4122 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4123 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4124 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4125 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4126 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4127 || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4128 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4129 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4130 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4131 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4132 && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4133 || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4134 || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4135 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4136 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4137 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4138 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4139 || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4140 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4141 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4142 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4143 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4144 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4145 && (! info->shared
4146 || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4147 || !h->def_regular))
4148 /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4149 overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
4150 below are those in which we must defer relocation
4151 to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4152 addresses when creating a shared library. */
4153 || (info->shared
4154 && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4155 || !h->def_regular)
4156 && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4157 && !h->forced_local)
4158 || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4159 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4160 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4161 /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4162 sections against symbols defined externally
4163 in shared libraries. We can't do anything
4164 with them here. */
4165 || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4166 && h->def_dynamic)))
4167 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4168 sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4169 thus ld.so will not process them. */
4170 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4171 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4172 && h->def_dynamic))
4173 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4174 && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4175 || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4176 ;
4177 else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4178 relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4179 + sec->output_section->vma
4180 + sec->output_offset)
4181 /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4182 symbol value, unless we've seen
4183 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */
4184 | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4185 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4186 else if (!info->relocatable
4187 && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4188 input_section,
4189 rel->r_offset)
4190 != (bfd_vma) -1))
4191 {
4192 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4193 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4194 input_bfd,
4195 input_section,
4196 (long) rel->r_offset,
4197 howto->name,
4198 h->root.root.string);
4199 return FALSE;
4200 }
4201 }
4202 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4203 ;
4204 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4205 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4206 ;
4207 else if (!info->relocatable)
4208 {
4209 if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
4210 (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4211 input_section, rel->r_offset,
4212 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4213 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
4214 return FALSE;
4215 }
4216 }
4217
4218 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
4219 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4220 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
4221
4222 if (info->relocatable)
4223 continue;
4224
4225 /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most
4226 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4227 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */
4228 check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4229 if (sec != NULL)
4230 check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4231 sec->output_section);
4232 else
4233 check_segment[1] = -1;
4234
4235 switch ((int) r_type)
4236 {
4237 final_link_relocate:
4238 /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4239 R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
4240 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4241 contents, rel->r_offset,
4242 relocation, addend);
4243 break;
4244
4245 case R_SH_IND12W:
4246 goto final_link_relocate;
4247
4248 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4249 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4250 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4251 /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4252 the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4253 is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
4254 against the start of this section, then it's against an
4255 external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
4256 if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4257 != relocation)
4258 {
4259 int disp = (relocation
4260 - input_section->output_section->vma
4261 - input_section->output_offset
4262 - rel->r_offset);
4263 int mask = 0;
4264 switch (r_type)
4265 {
4266 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4267 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4268 case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4269 default: mask = 0; break;
4270 }
4271 if (disp & mask)
4272 {
4273 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4274 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4275 input_section->owner,
4276 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
4277 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4278 return FALSE;
4279 }
4280 relocation -= 4;
4281 goto final_link_relocate;
4282 }
4283 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4284 break;
4285
4286 default:
4287 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4288 if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4289 contents, rel, &relocation))
4290 goto final_link_relocate;
4291 #endif
4292 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4293 return FALSE;
4294
4295 case R_SH_DIR16:
4296 case R_SH_DIR8:
4297 case R_SH_DIR8U:
4298 case R_SH_DIR8S:
4299 case R_SH_DIR4U:
4300 goto final_link_relocate;
4301
4302 case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4303 case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4304 if (relocation & 3)
4305 {
4306 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4307 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4308 input_section->owner,
4309 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4310 (unsigned long) relocation));
4311 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4312 return FALSE;
4313 }
4314 goto final_link_relocate;
4315
4316 case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4317 case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4318 case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4319 if (relocation & 1)
4320 {
4321 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4322 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4323 input_section->owner,
4324 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4325 (unsigned long) relocation));
4326 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4327 return FALSE;
4328 }
4329 goto final_link_relocate;
4330
4331 case R_SH_PSHA:
4332 if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4333 || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4334 {
4335 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4336 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4337 input_section->owner,
4338 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4339 (unsigned long) relocation));
4340 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4341 return FALSE;
4342 }
4343 goto final_link_relocate;
4344
4345 case R_SH_PSHL:
4346 if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4347 || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4348 {
4349 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4350 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4351 input_section->owner,
4352 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4353 (unsigned long) relocation));
4354 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4355 return FALSE;
4356 }
4357 goto final_link_relocate;
4358
4359 case R_SH_DIR32:
4360 case R_SH_REL32:
4361 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4362 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4363 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4364 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4365 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4366 #endif
4367 if (info->shared
4368 && (h == NULL
4369 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4370 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4371 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4372 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4373 && !is_vxworks_tls
4374 && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4375 || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4376 {
4377 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4378 bfd_byte *loc;
4379 bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4380
4381 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4382 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4383 time. */
4384
4385 if (sreloc == NULL)
4386 {
4387 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4388 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4389 if (sreloc == NULL)
4390 return FALSE;
4391 }
4392
4393 skip = FALSE;
4394 relocate = FALSE;
4395
4396 outrel.r_offset =
4397 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4398 rel->r_offset);
4399 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4400 skip = TRUE;
4401 else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4402 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4403 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4404 + input_section->output_offset);
4405
4406 if (skip)
4407 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4408 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4409 {
4410 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4411 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4412 outrel.r_addend
4413 = (howto->partial_inplace
4414 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4415 : addend);
4416 }
4417 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4418 else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4419 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4420 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4421 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4422 {
4423 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4424 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4425 outrel.r_addend = addend;
4426 }
4427 #endif
4428 else if (fdpic_p
4429 && (h == NULL
4430 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4431 && h->def_regular)))
4432 {
4433 int dynindx;
4434
4435 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4436 BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4437 dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4438 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4439 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4440 outrel.r_addend
4441 += (howto->partial_inplace
4442 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4443 : addend);
4444 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4445 }
4446 else
4447 {
4448 /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4449 become local. */
4450 if (h == NULL
4451 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4452 && h->def_regular))
4453 {
4454 relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4455 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4456 }
4457 else
4458 {
4459 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4460 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4461 }
4462 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4463 outrel.r_addend
4464 += (howto->partial_inplace
4465 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4466 : addend);
4467 }
4468
4469 loc = sreloc->contents;
4470 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4471 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4472
4473 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4474
4475 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4476 not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
4477 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4478 an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
4479 if (! relocate)
4480 continue;
4481 }
4482 else if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4483 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4484 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4485 {
4486 bfd_vma offset;
4487
4488 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4489
4490 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4491 input_section->output_section))
4492 {
4493 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4494 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4495 input_bfd,
4496 input_section,
4497 (long) rel->r_offset,
4498 symname);
4499 return FALSE;
4500 }
4501
4502 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4503 input_section, rel->r_offset);
4504 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4505 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4506 input_section->output_section->vma
4507 + input_section->output_offset
4508 + rel->r_offset);
4509
4510 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4511 }
4512 goto final_link_relocate;
4513
4514 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4515 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4516 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4517 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4518 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4519 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4520 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4521 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4522 #endif
4523 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4524 procedure linkage table. */
4525
4526 if (h == NULL
4527 || h->forced_local
4528 || ! info->shared
4529 || info->symbolic
4530 || h->dynindx == -1
4531 || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4532 || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4533 goto force_got;
4534
4535 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4536 offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
4537
4538 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4539 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4540 relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4541 + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4542 + 3) * 4);
4543
4544 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4545 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4546 #endif
4547
4548 goto final_link_relocate;
4549
4550 force_got:
4551 case R_SH_GOT32:
4552 case R_SH_GOT20:
4553 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4554 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4555 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4556 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4557 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4558 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4559 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4560 #endif
4561 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4562 offset table. */
4563
4564 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4565 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4566 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4567
4568 if (h != NULL)
4569 {
4570 bfd_boolean dyn;
4571
4572 off = h->got.offset;
4573 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4574 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4575 {
4576 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4577
4578 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4579 off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4580 }
4581 #endif
4582 BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4583
4584 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4585 if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4586 || (info->shared
4587 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4588 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4589 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4590 {
4591 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4592 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4593 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4594 because of a version file. We must initialize
4595 this entry in the global offset table. Since the
4596 offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4597 least significant bit to record whether we have
4598 initialized it already.
4599
4600 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4601 relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4602 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4603 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4604 off &= ~1;
4605 else
4606 {
4607 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4608 sgot->contents + off);
4609 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4610 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4611 {
4612 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4613
4614 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4615 hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4616 }
4617 else
4618 #endif
4619 h->got.offset |= 1;
4620
4621 /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4622 symbol address, also add a fixup. */
4623 if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4624 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4625 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4626 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4627 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4628 sgot->output_section->vma
4629 + sgot->output_offset
4630 + off);
4631 }
4632 }
4633
4634 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4635 }
4636 else
4637 {
4638 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4639 if (rel->r_addend)
4640 {
4641 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4642 && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4643 + r_symndx]
4644 != (bfd_vma) -1));
4645
4646 off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4647 + r_symndx];
4648 }
4649 else
4650 {
4651 #endif
4652 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4653 && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4654
4655 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4656 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4657 }
4658 #endif
4659
4660 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
4661 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4662 already generated the necessary reloc. */
4663 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4664 off &= ~1;
4665 else
4666 {
4667 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4668
4669 if (info->shared)
4670 {
4671 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4672 bfd_byte *loc;
4673
4674 if (srelgot == NULL)
4675 {
4676 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj,
4677 ".rela.got");
4678 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4679 }
4680
4681 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4682 + sgot->output_offset
4683 + off);
4684 if (fdpic_p)
4685 {
4686 int dynindx
4687 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4688 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4689 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4690 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4691 }
4692 else
4693 {
4694 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4695 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4696 }
4697 loc = srelgot->contents;
4698 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4699 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4700 }
4701 else if (fdpic_p
4702 && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4703 == GOT_NORMAL))
4704 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4705 sgot->output_section->vma
4706 + sgot->output_offset
4707 + off);
4708
4709 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4710 if (rel->r_addend)
4711 local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4712 else
4713 #endif
4714 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4715 }
4716
4717 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4718 }
4719
4720 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4721 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4722 #endif
4723
4724 if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4725 {
4726 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4727 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4728 rel->r_offset);
4729 break;
4730 }
4731 else
4732 goto final_link_relocate;
4733
4734 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4735 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4736 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4737 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4738 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4739 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4740 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4741 #endif
4742 /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4743 we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same
4744 as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4745 descriptors in front of it. */
4746 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4747 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4748 check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4749 relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4750 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4751
4752 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4753 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4754 #endif
4755
4756 addend = rel->r_addend;
4757
4758 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4759 {
4760 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4761 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4762 rel->r_offset);
4763 break;
4764 }
4765 else
4766 goto final_link_relocate;
4767
4768 case R_SH_GOTPC:
4769 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4770 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4771 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4772 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4773 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4774 #endif
4775 /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
4776
4777 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4778 relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4779
4780 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4781 relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4782 #endif
4783
4784 addend = rel->r_addend;
4785
4786 goto final_link_relocate;
4787
4788 case R_SH_PLT32:
4789 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4790 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4791 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4792 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4793 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4794 #endif
4795 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4796 procedure linkage table. */
4797
4798 /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4799 without using the procedure linkage table. */
4800 if (h == NULL)
4801 goto final_link_relocate;
4802
4803 /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4804 as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4805 anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4806 behavior. */
4807 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4808 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4809
4810 if (h->forced_local)
4811 goto final_link_relocate;
4812
4813 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4814 {
4815 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
4816 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4817 using -Bsymbolic. */
4818 goto final_link_relocate;
4819 }
4820
4821 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4822 check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4823 relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4824 + splt->output_offset
4825 + h->plt.offset);
4826
4827 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4828 relocation++;
4829 #endif
4830
4831 addend = rel->r_addend;
4832
4833 goto final_link_relocate;
4834
4835 /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4836 symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT
4837 entry and function descriptor if necessary. */
4838 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4839 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4840 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4841 {
4842 int dynindx = -1;
4843 asection *reloc_section;
4844 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4845 int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4846
4847 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4848
4849 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4850
4851 /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4852 executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so
4853 to allocate official descriptors? See what this code
4854 does. */
4855
4856 relocation = 0;
4857 addend = 0;
4858
4859 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4860 {
4861 reloc_section = input_section;
4862 reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4863 }
4864 else
4865 {
4866 reloc_section = sgot;
4867
4868 if (h != NULL)
4869 reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4870 else
4871 {
4872 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4873 reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4874 }
4875 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4876
4877 if (reloc_offset & 1)
4878 {
4879 reloc_offset &= ~1;
4880 goto funcdesc_done_got;
4881 }
4882 }
4883
4884 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4885 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4886 || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4887 /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4888 resolved later; leave it at zero. */
4889 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4890 else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4891 && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4892 {
4893 /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4894 but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4895 protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4896 section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic
4897 linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4898 to our copy of the function anyway. */
4899 dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4900 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4901 relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4902 + h->root.u.def.value;
4903 }
4904 else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4905 {
4906 /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4907 symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4908 shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4909 the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4910 descriptor. */
4911 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4912 dynindx = h->dynindx;
4913 }
4914 else
4915 {
4916 bfd_vma offset;
4917
4918 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4919 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4920 reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4921 dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4922 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4923
4924 if (h)
4925 {
4926 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4927 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4928 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4929 {
4930 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4931 offset, NULL, 0))
4932 return FALSE;
4933 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4934 }
4935 }
4936 else
4937 {
4938 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4939
4940 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4941 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4942 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4943 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4944 {
4945 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4946 offset, sec,
4947 sym->st_value))
4948 return FALSE;
4949 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4950 }
4951 }
4952
4953 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4954 }
4955
4956 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4957 {
4958 bfd_vma offset;
4959
4960 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4961 reloc_section->output_section))
4962 {
4963 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4964 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4965 input_bfd,
4966 input_section,
4967 (long) rel->r_offset,
4968 symname);
4969 return FALSE;
4970 }
4971
4972 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4973 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4974
4975 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4976 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4977 offset
4978 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4979 + reloc_section->output_offset);
4980 }
4981 else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
4982 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4983 {
4984 bfd_vma offset;
4985
4986 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4987 reloc_section->output_section))
4988 {
4989 info->callbacks->warning
4990 (info,
4991 _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
4992 symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4993 return FALSE;
4994 }
4995
4996 if (srelgot == NULL)
4997 {
4998 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
4999 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5000 }
5001
5002 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5003 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5004
5005 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5006 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
5007 offset
5008 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5009 + reloc_section->output_offset,
5010 reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
5011
5012 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5013 {
5014 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
5015 break;
5016 }
5017 else
5018 {
5019 relocation = 0;
5020 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
5021 }
5022 }
5023
5024 if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
5025 relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
5026 funcdesc_leave_zero:
5027 if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5028 {
5029 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
5030 reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
5031 if (h != NULL)
5032 h->got.offset |= 1;
5033 else
5034 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5035
5036 funcdesc_done_got:
5037
5038 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
5039 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5040 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5041 #endif
5042 }
5043 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
5044 {
5045 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5046 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5047 rel->r_offset);
5048 break;
5049 }
5050 else
5051 goto final_link_relocate;
5052 }
5053 break;
5054
5055 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5056 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5057 /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
5058 executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get
5059 ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
5060 for them. */
5061 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5062
5063 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5064 relocation = 0;
5065 addend = rel->r_addend;
5066
5067 if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5068 || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
5069 {
5070 _bfd_error_handler
5071 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5072 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5073 h->root.root.string);
5074 return FALSE;
5075 }
5076 else
5077 {
5078 bfd_vma offset;
5079
5080 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5081 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
5082 if (h)
5083 {
5084 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5085 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5086 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5087 {
5088 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5089 offset, NULL, 0))
5090 return FALSE;
5091 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5092 }
5093 }
5094 else
5095 {
5096 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5097
5098 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5099 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5100 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5101 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5102 {
5103 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5104 offset, sec,
5105 sym->st_value))
5106 return FALSE;
5107 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5108 }
5109 }
5110
5111 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5112 }
5113
5114 relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5115 + sgotplt->output_offset);
5116 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5117 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5118 #endif
5119
5120 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5121 {
5122 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5123 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5124 rel->r_offset);
5125 break;
5126 }
5127 else
5128 goto final_link_relocate;
5129
5130 case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5131 {
5132 static bfd_vma start, end;
5133
5134 start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5135 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5136 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5137 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5138 break;
5139
5140 case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5141 end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5142 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5143 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5144 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5145 break;
5146 }
5147
5148 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5149 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5150 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5151 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5152 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5153 got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5154 if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5155 got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5156 else if (h != NULL)
5157 {
5158 got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5159 if (! info->shared
5160 && (h->dynindx == -1
5161 || h->def_regular))
5162 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5163 }
5164
5165 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5166 r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5167
5168 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5169 {
5170 bfd_vma offset;
5171 unsigned short insn;
5172
5173 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5174 {
5175 /* GD->LE transition:
5176 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5177 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5178 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5179 We change it into:
5180 mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5181 nop; nop; ...
5182 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
5183
5184 offset = rel->r_offset;
5185 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5186 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5187 offset -= 16;
5188 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5189 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5190 {
5191 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5192 offset -= 2;
5193 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5194 }
5195
5196 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5197 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5198 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5199 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5200 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5201 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5202 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5203 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5204 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5205 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5206 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5207
5208 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5209 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5210 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5211 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5212 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5213 }
5214 else
5215 {
5216 int target;
5217
5218 /* IE->LE transition:
5219 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5220 bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5221 We change it into:
5222 mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5223 1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */
5224
5225 offset = rel->r_offset;
5226 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5227 /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
5228 offset -= 10;
5229 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5230 if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5231 {
5232 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5233 offset -= 2;
5234 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5235 }
5236
5237 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5238 target = insn & 0x00ff;
5239 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5240 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5241 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5242 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5243 insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5244 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5245 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5246 }
5247
5248 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5249 contents + rel->r_offset);
5250 continue;
5251 }
5252
5253 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5254 abort ();
5255
5256 if (h != NULL)
5257 off = h->got.offset;
5258 else
5259 {
5260 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5261 abort ();
5262
5263 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5264 }
5265
5266 /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
5267 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5268 && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5269 {
5270 off &= ~1;
5271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5272 sgot->contents + off);
5273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5274 contents + rel->r_offset);
5275 continue;
5276 }
5277
5278 if ((off & 1) != 0)
5279 off &= ~1;
5280 else
5281 {
5282 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5283 bfd_byte *loc;
5284 int dr_type, indx;
5285
5286 if (srelgot == NULL)
5287 {
5288 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5289 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5290 }
5291
5292 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5293 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5294
5295 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5296 indx = 0;
5297 else
5298 indx = h->dynindx;
5299
5300 dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5301 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5302 if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5303 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5304 else
5305 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5306 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5307 loc = srelgot->contents;
5308 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5309 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5310
5311 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5312 {
5313 if (indx == 0)
5314 {
5315 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5316 relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5317 sgot->contents + off + 4);
5318 }
5319 else
5320 {
5321 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5322 R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5323 outrel.r_offset += 4;
5324 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5325 srelgot->reloc_count++;
5326 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5327 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5328 }
5329 }
5330
5331 if (h != NULL)
5332 h->got.offset |= 1;
5333 else
5334 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5335 }
5336
5337 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5338 abort ();
5339
5340 if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5341 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5342 else
5343 {
5344 bfd_vma offset;
5345 unsigned short insn;
5346
5347 /* GD->IE transition:
5348 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5349 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5350 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5351 We change it into:
5352 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5353 nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5354 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
5355
5356 offset = rel->r_offset;
5357 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5358 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5359 offset -= 16;
5360 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5361 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5362 {
5363 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5364 offset -= 2;
5365 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5366 }
5367
5368 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5369
5370 /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
5371 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5372
5373 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5374 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5375 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5376 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5377 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5378 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5379 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5380 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5381 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5382 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5383
5384 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5385 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5386 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5387 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5388 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5389
5390 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5391 contents + rel->r_offset);
5392
5393 continue;
5394 }
5395
5396 addend = rel->r_addend;
5397
5398 goto final_link_relocate;
5399
5400 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5401 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5402 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5403 if (! info->shared)
5404 {
5405 bfd_vma offset;
5406 unsigned short insn;
5407
5408 /* LD->LE transition:
5409 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5410 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5411 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5412 We change it into:
5413 stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5414 nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
5415
5416 offset = rel->r_offset;
5417 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5418 /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5419 offset -= 16;
5420 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5421 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5422 {
5423 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5424 offset -= 2;
5425 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5426 }
5427
5428 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5429 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5430 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5431 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5432 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5433 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5434 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5435 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5436 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5437 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5438 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5439
5440 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5441 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5442 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5443 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5444 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5445 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5446
5447 continue;
5448 }
5449
5450 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5451 abort ();
5452
5453 off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5454 if (off & 1)
5455 off &= ~1;
5456 else
5457 {
5458 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5459 bfd_byte *loc;
5460
5461 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5462 if (srelgot == NULL)
5463 abort ();
5464
5465 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5466 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5467 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5468 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5469 loc = srelgot->contents;
5470 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5471 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5472 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5473 }
5474
5475 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5476 addend = rel->r_addend;
5477
5478 goto final_link_relocate;
5479
5480 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5481 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5482 if (! info->shared)
5483 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5484 else
5485 relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5486
5487 addend = rel->r_addend;
5488 goto final_link_relocate;
5489
5490 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5491 {
5492 int indx;
5493 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5494 bfd_byte *loc;
5495
5496 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5497
5498 if (! info->shared || info->pie)
5499 {
5500 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5501 addend = rel->r_addend;
5502 goto final_link_relocate;
5503 }
5504
5505 if (sreloc == NULL)
5506 {
5507 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5508 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5509 if (sreloc == NULL)
5510 return FALSE;
5511 }
5512
5513 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5514 indx = 0;
5515 else
5516 indx = h->dynindx;
5517
5518 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5519 + input_section->output_offset
5520 + rel->r_offset);
5521 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5522 if (indx == 0)
5523 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5524 else
5525 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5526
5527 loc = sreloc->contents;
5528 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5529 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5530 continue;
5531 }
5532 }
5533
5534 relocation_done:
5535 if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5536 && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5537 {
5538 /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */
5539 if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5540 {
5541 if (info->shared)
5542 {
5543 info->callbacks->einfo
5544 (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5545 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5546 return FALSE;
5547 }
5548 else
5549 info->callbacks->einfo
5550 (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5551 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5552 }
5553
5554 elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5555 }
5556
5557 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5558 {
5559 switch (r)
5560 {
5561 default:
5562 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5563 abort ();
5564 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5565 {
5566 const char *name;
5567
5568 if (h != NULL)
5569 name = NULL;
5570 else
5571 {
5572 name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5573 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5574 if (name == NULL)
5575 return FALSE;
5576 if (*name == '\0')
5577 name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5578 }
5579 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5580 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5581 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
5582 rel->r_offset)))
5583 return FALSE;
5584 }
5585 break;
5586 }
5587 }
5588 }
5589
5590 return TRUE;
5591 }
5592
5593 /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5594 which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
5595
5596 static bfd_byte *
5597 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5598 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5599 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5600 bfd_byte *data,
5601 bfd_boolean relocatable,
5602 asymbol **symbols)
5603 {
5604 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5605 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5606 bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5607 asection **sections = NULL;
5608 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5609 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5610
5611 /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5612 particular set of section contents, specially. */
5613 if (relocatable
5614 || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5615 return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5616 link_order, data,
5617 relocatable,
5618 symbols);
5619
5620 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5621
5622 memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5623 (size_t) input_section->size);
5624
5625 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5626 && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5627 {
5628 asection **secpp;
5629 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5630 bfd_size_type amt;
5631
5632 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5633 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5634 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5635 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5636 goto error_return;
5637
5638 if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5639 {
5640 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5641 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5642 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5643 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5644 NULL, NULL, NULL);
5645 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5646 goto error_return;
5647 }
5648
5649 amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5650 amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5651 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5652 if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5653 goto error_return;
5654
5655 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5656 for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5657 {
5658 asection *isec;
5659
5660 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5661 isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5662 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5663 isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5664 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5665 isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5666 else
5667 isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5668
5669 *secpp = isec;
5670 }
5671
5672 if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5673 input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5674 isymbuf, sections))
5675 goto error_return;
5676
5677 if (sections != NULL)
5678 free (sections);
5679 if (isymbuf != NULL
5680 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5681 free (isymbuf);
5682 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5683 free (internal_relocs);
5684 }
5685
5686 return data;
5687
5688 error_return:
5689 if (sections != NULL)
5690 free (sections);
5691 if (isymbuf != NULL
5692 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5693 free (isymbuf);
5694 if (internal_relocs != NULL
5695 && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5696 free (internal_relocs);
5697 return NULL;
5698 }
5699
5700 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5701 when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5702 This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
5703
5704 static bfd_vma
5705 dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5706 {
5707 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5708 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5709 return 0;
5710 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5711 }
5712
5713 /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
5714
5715 static bfd_vma
5716 tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5717 {
5718 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5719 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5720 return 0;
5721 /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5722 structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
5723 return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5724 + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5725 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5726 }
5727
5728 static asection *
5729 sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5730 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5731 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5732 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5733 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5734 {
5735 if (h != NULL)
5736 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5737 {
5738 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5739 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5740 return NULL;
5741 }
5742
5743 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5744 }
5745
5746 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
5747
5748 static bfd_boolean
5749 sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5750 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5751 {
5752 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5753 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5754 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5755 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5756 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
5757
5758 if (info->relocatable)
5759 return TRUE;
5760
5761 elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
5762
5763 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5764 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5765 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5766 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5767
5768 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5769 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
5770 {
5771 unsigned long r_symndx;
5772 unsigned int r_type;
5773 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5774 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5775 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5776 #endif
5777
5778 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5779 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5780 {
5781 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5782 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5783 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5784
5785 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5786 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5787 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5788 {
5789 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5790 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5791 #endif
5792 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5793 }
5794 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5795 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
5796 if (p->sec == sec)
5797 {
5798 /* Everything must go for SEC. */
5799 *pp = p->next;
5800 break;
5801 }
5802 }
5803
5804 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5805 switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
5806 {
5807 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5808 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
5809 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
5810 break;
5811
5812 case R_SH_GOT32:
5813 case R_SH_GOT20:
5814 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5815 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5816 case R_SH_GOTPC:
5817 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5818 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5819 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5820 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5821 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5822 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5823 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5824 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5825 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5826 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5827 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5828 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5829 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5830 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5831 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5832 #endif
5833 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5834 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5835 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5836 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5837 if (h != NULL)
5838 {
5839 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5840 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5841 {
5842 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5843 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5844 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5845 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5846 }
5847 else
5848 #endif
5849 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5850 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5851 }
5852 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5853 {
5854 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5855 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5856 {
5857 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5858 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5859 }
5860 else
5861 #endif
5862 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5863 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5864 }
5865 break;
5866
5867 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5868 if (h != NULL)
5869 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1;
5870 else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
5871 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5872
5873 /* Fall through. */
5874
5875 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5876 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5877 if (h != NULL)
5878 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1;
5879 else
5880 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1;
5881 break;
5882
5883 case R_SH_DIR32:
5884 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared
5885 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5886 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5887 /* Fall thru */
5888
5889 case R_SH_REL32:
5890 if (info->shared)
5891 break;
5892 /* Fall thru */
5893
5894 case R_SH_PLT32:
5895 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5896 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
5897 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
5898 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
5899 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
5900 #endif
5901 if (h != NULL)
5902 {
5903 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5904 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5905 }
5906 break;
5907
5908 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5909 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5910 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5911 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5912 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5913 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5914 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5915 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5916 #endif
5917 if (h != NULL)
5918 {
5919 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5920 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5921 if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
5922 {
5923 eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
5924 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5925 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5926 }
5927 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5928 else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5929 {
5930 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5931 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5932 }
5933 #endif
5934 else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5935 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5936 }
5937 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5938 {
5939 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5940 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5941 {
5942 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5943 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5944 }
5945 else
5946 #endif
5947 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5948 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5949 }
5950 break;
5951
5952 default:
5953 break;
5954 }
5955 }
5956
5957 return TRUE;
5958 }
5959
5960 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
5961
5962 static void
5963 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5964 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5965 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5966 {
5967 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5968
5969 edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5970 eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5971
5972 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5973 {
5974 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5975 {
5976 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5977 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5978
5979 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
5980 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
5981 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5982 {
5983 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
5984
5985 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
5986 if (q->sec == p->sec)
5987 {
5988 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
5989 q->count += p->count;
5990 *pp = p->next;
5991 break;
5992 }
5993 if (q == NULL)
5994 pp = &p->next;
5995 }
5996 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
5997 }
5998
5999 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
6000 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
6001 }
6002 edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
6003 eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
6004 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6005 edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
6006 eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
6007 #endif
6008 edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
6009 eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
6010 edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
6011 eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
6012
6013 if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6014 && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
6015 {
6016 edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
6017 eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
6018 }
6019
6020 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
6021 && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
6022 {
6023 /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
6024 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
6025 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
6026 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
6027 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
6028 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
6029 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
6030 }
6031 else
6032 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
6033 }
6034
6035 static int
6036 sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
6037 int is_local)
6038 {
6039 if (info->shared)
6040 return r_type;
6041
6042 switch (r_type)
6043 {
6044 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6045 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6046 if (is_local)
6047 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6048 return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
6049 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6050 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6051 }
6052
6053 return r_type;
6054 }
6055
6056 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
6057 Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
6058 virtual table relocs for gc. */
6059
6060 static bfd_boolean
6061 sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
6062 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
6063 {
6064 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6065 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6066 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6067 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6068 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
6069 asection *sreloc;
6070 unsigned int r_type;
6071 enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
6072
6073 sreloc = NULL;
6074
6075 if (info->relocatable)
6076 return TRUE;
6077
6078 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
6079
6080 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6081 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6082
6083 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6084 if (htab == NULL)
6085 return FALSE;
6086
6087 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6088 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
6089 {
6090 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6091 unsigned long r_symndx;
6092 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6093 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
6094 #endif
6095
6096 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6097 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6098
6099 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6100 h = NULL;
6101 else
6102 {
6103 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6104 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6105 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6106 {
6107 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6108 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
6109 #endif
6110 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6111 }
6112 }
6113
6114 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
6115 if (! info->shared
6116 && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
6117 && h != NULL
6118 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
6119 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6120 && (h->dynindx == -1
6121 || h->def_regular))
6122 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6123
6124 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6125 switch (r_type)
6126 {
6127 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6128 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6129 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6130 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6131 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6132 if (h != NULL)
6133 {
6134 if (h->dynindx == -1)
6135 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
6136 {
6137 case STV_INTERNAL:
6138 case STV_HIDDEN:
6139 break;
6140 default:
6141 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
6142 break;
6143 }
6144 }
6145 break;
6146 }
6147
6148 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6149 if (htab->sgot == NULL)
6150 {
6151 switch (r_type)
6152 {
6153 case R_SH_DIR32:
6154 /* This may require an rofixup. */
6155 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6156 break;
6157 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6158 case R_SH_GOT32:
6159 case R_SH_GOT20:
6160 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
6161 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
6162 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6163 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6164 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6165 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6166 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6167 case R_SH_GOTPC:
6168 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6169 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6170 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6171 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6172 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6173 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6174 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6175 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6176 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6177 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6178 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6179 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6180 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6181 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
6182 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
6183 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
6184 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
6185 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
6186 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
6187 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
6188 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
6189 #endif
6190 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6191 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6192 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6193 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6194 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6195 if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
6196 return FALSE;
6197 break;
6198
6199 default:
6200 break;
6201 }
6202 }
6203
6204 switch (r_type)
6205 {
6206 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6207 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6208 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6209 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6210 return FALSE;
6211 break;
6212
6213 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6214 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6215 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
6216 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
6217 if (h != NULL
6218 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
6219 return FALSE;
6220 break;
6221
6222 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6223 if (info->shared)
6224 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6225
6226 /* FALLTHROUGH */
6227 force_got:
6228 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6229 case R_SH_GOT32:
6230 case R_SH_GOT20:
6231 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6232 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6233 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6234 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6235 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6236 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6237 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6238 #endif
6239 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6240 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6241 switch (r_type)
6242 {
6243 default:
6244 got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
6245 break;
6246 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6247 got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
6248 break;
6249 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6250 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6251 break;
6252 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6253 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6254 got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6255 break;
6256 }
6257
6258 if (h != NULL)
6259 {
6260 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6261 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6262 {
6263 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6264 = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6265
6266 eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6267 }
6268 else
6269 #endif
6270 h->got.refcount += 1;
6271 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6272 }
6273 else
6274 {
6275 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6276
6277 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6278 symbol. */
6279 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6280 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6281 {
6282 bfd_size_type size;
6283
6284 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6285 size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6286 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6287 /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6288 codelabel local GOT offsets. */
6289 size *= 2;
6290 #endif
6291 size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6292 local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6293 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6294 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6295 return FALSE;
6296 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6297 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6298 /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6299 GOT offsets. */
6300 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6301 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6302 #else
6303 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6304 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6305 #endif
6306 }
6307 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6308 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6309 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6310 else
6311 #endif
6312 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6313 old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6314 }
6315
6316 /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6317 there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
6318 if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6319 && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6320 {
6321 if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6322 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6323 else
6324 {
6325 if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6326 && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6327 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6328 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6329 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6330 else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6331 || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6332 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6333 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6334 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6335 else
6336 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6337 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6338 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6339 return FALSE;
6340 }
6341 }
6342
6343 if (old_got_type != got_type)
6344 {
6345 if (h != NULL)
6346 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6347 else
6348 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6349 }
6350
6351 break;
6352
6353 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6354 sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6355 break;
6356
6357 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6358 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6359 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6360 if (rel->r_addend)
6361 {
6362 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6363 (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6364 abfd);
6365 return FALSE;
6366 }
6367
6368 if (h == NULL)
6369 {
6370 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6371
6372 /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */
6373 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6374 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6375 {
6376 bfd_size_type size;
6377
6378 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6379 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6380 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
6381 size *= 2;
6382 #endif
6383 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6384 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6385 return FALSE;
6386 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6387 }
6388 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6389
6390 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6391 {
6392 if (!info->shared)
6393 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6394 else
6395 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6396 }
6397 }
6398 else
6399 {
6400 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6401 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6402 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6403
6404 /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6405 there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */
6406 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6407 if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6408 {
6409 if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6410 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6411 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6412 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6413 else
6414 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6415 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6416 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6417 }
6418 }
6419 break;
6420
6421 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6422 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6423 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6424 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6425 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6426 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6427 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6428 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6429 #endif
6430 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6431 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6432
6433 if (h == NULL
6434 || h->forced_local
6435 || ! info->shared
6436 || info->symbolic
6437 || h->dynindx == -1)
6438 goto force_got;
6439
6440 h->needs_plt = 1;
6441 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6442 ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6443
6444 break;
6445
6446 case R_SH_PLT32:
6447 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6448 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6449 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6450 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6451 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6452 #endif
6453 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
6454 actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6455 because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6456 never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6457 don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6458 after all. */
6459
6460 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6461 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6462 if (h == NULL)
6463 continue;
6464
6465 if (h->forced_local)
6466 break;
6467
6468 h->needs_plt = 1;
6469 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6470 break;
6471
6472 case R_SH_DIR32:
6473 case R_SH_REL32:
6474 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6475 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6476 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6477 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6478 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6479 #endif
6480 if (h != NULL && ! info->shared)
6481 {
6482 h->non_got_ref = 1;
6483 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6484 }
6485
6486 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6487 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6488 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6489 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
6490 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6491 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6492 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
6493 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6494 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6495 later (it is never cleared). We account for that
6496 possibility below by storing information in the
6497 dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6498 situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6499 visibility changes render the symbol local.
6500
6501 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6502 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6503 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6504 symbol. */
6505 if ((info->shared
6506 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6507 && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6508 || (h != NULL
6509 && (! info->symbolic
6510 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6511 || !h->def_regular))))
6512 || (! info->shared
6513 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6514 && h != NULL
6515 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6516 || !h->def_regular)))
6517 {
6518 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6519 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6520
6521 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6522 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6523
6524 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6525 reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
6526 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
6527 if (sreloc == NULL)
6528 {
6529 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6530 (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6531
6532 if (sreloc == NULL)
6533 return FALSE;
6534 }
6535
6536 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6537 relocations we need for this symbol. */
6538 if (h != NULL)
6539 head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6540 else
6541 {
6542 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
6543 asection *s;
6544 void *vpp;
6545 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6546
6547 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6548 abfd, r_symndx);
6549 if (isym == NULL)
6550 return FALSE;
6551
6552 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6553 if (s == NULL)
6554 s = sec;
6555
6556 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6557 head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6558 }
6559
6560 p = *head;
6561 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6562 {
6563 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6564 p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6565 if (p == NULL)
6566 return FALSE;
6567 p->next = *head;
6568 *head = p;
6569 p->sec = sec;
6570 p->count = 0;
6571 p->pc_count = 0;
6572 }
6573
6574 p->count += 1;
6575 if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6576 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6577 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6578 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6579 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6580 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6581 #endif
6582 )
6583 p->pc_count += 1;
6584 }
6585
6586 /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6587 If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6588 fixup. */
6589 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
6590 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6591 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6592 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6593 break;
6594
6595 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6596 if (info->shared && !info->pie)
6597 {
6598 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6599 (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6600 abfd);
6601 return FALSE;
6602 }
6603
6604 break;
6605
6606 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6607 /* Nothing to do. */
6608 break;
6609
6610 default:
6611 break;
6612 }
6613 }
6614
6615 return TRUE;
6616 }
6617
6618 #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6619 static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6620
6621 static bfd_boolean
6622 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6623 {
6624 flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6625
6626 if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6627 return FALSE;
6628
6629 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6630 return FALSE;
6631
6632 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6633
6634 return TRUE;
6635 }
6636
6637
6638 /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6639 Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6640 return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6641 Return -1 if no match is found. */
6642
6643 int
6644 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6645 {
6646 int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6647
6648 for (; i>0; i--)
6649 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6650 return i;
6651
6652 /* shouldn't get here */
6653 BFD_FAIL();
6654
6655 return -1;
6656 }
6657 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6658
6659 #ifndef sh_elf_set_private_flags
6660 /* Function to keep SH specific file flags. */
6661
6662 static bfd_boolean
6663 sh_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
6664 {
6665 BFD_ASSERT (! elf_flags_init (abfd)
6666 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
6667
6668 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
6669 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
6670 return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd);
6671 }
6672 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_private_flags */
6673
6674 #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6675 /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6676
6677 static bfd_boolean
6678 sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6679 {
6680 /* Copy object attributes. */
6681 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
6682
6683 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6684 return TRUE;
6685
6686 /* Copy the stack size. */
6687 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr && elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr
6688 && fdpic_object_p (ibfd) && fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6689 {
6690 unsigned i;
6691
6692 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6693 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6694 {
6695 Elf_Internal_Phdr *iphdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i];
6696
6697 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6698 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6699 {
6700 memcpy (&elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i], iphdr, sizeof (*iphdr));
6701
6702 /* Rewrite the phdrs, since we're only called after they
6703 were first written. */
6704 if (bfd_seek (obfd,
6705 (bfd_signed_vma) get_elf_backend_data (obfd)
6706 ->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
6707 || get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->s
6708 ->write_out_phdrs (obfd, elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr,
6709 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum) != 0)
6710 return FALSE;
6711 break;
6712 }
6713
6714 break;
6715 }
6716 }
6717
6718 return sh_elf_set_private_flags (obfd, elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags);
6719 }
6720 #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6721
6722 #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6723
6724 /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6725 corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
6726
6727 int
6728 sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6729 {
6730 extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6731 unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6732
6733 return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6734 }
6735
6736 /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6737 calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
6738
6739 static bfd_boolean
6740 sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6741 {
6742 extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
6743
6744 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6745 return TRUE;
6746
6747 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6748 {
6749 /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
6750 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6751 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6752 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6753 if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6754 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
6755 }
6756
6757 if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
6758 {
6759 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6760 "with instructions used in previous modules",
6761 ibfd);
6762 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6763 return FALSE;
6764 }
6765
6766 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6767 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6768 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6769
6770 if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6771 {
6772 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects",
6773 ibfd);
6774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6775 return FALSE;
6776 }
6777
6778 return TRUE;
6779 }
6780 #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6781
6782 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6783 as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
6784 here. */
6785
6786 static bfd_boolean
6787 sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6788 {
6789 if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6790 return FALSE;
6791
6792 return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6793 == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6794 }
6795
6796 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6797 dynamic sections here. */
6798
6799 static bfd_boolean
6800 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6801 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6802 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6803 {
6804 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6805
6806 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6807 if (htab == NULL)
6808 return FALSE;
6809
6810 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6811 {
6812 asection *splt;
6813 asection *sgotplt;
6814 asection *srelplt;
6815
6816 bfd_vma plt_index;
6817 bfd_vma got_offset;
6818 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6819 bfd_byte *loc;
6820 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6821
6822 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
6823 it up. */
6824
6825 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6826
6827 splt = htab->splt;
6828 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6829 srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6830 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6831
6832 /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6833 corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
6834 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
6835 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
6836 plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6837
6838 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6839 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6840 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6841
6842 /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6843 corresponds to this function. */
6844 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6845 /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6846 before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight
6847 bytes. */
6848 got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6849 else
6850 /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are
6851 reserved. */
6852 got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6853
6854 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6855 if (info->shared)
6856 got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6857 #endif
6858
6859 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6860 memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6861 plt_info->symbol_entry,
6862 plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6863
6864 if (info->shared || htab->fdpic_p)
6865 {
6866 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6867 {
6868 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6869 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6870 splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6871 h->plt.offset
6872 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6873 BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6874 }
6875 else
6876 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6877 (splt->contents
6878 + h->plt.offset
6879 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6880 }
6881 else
6882 {
6883 BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6884
6885 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6886 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6887 + sgotplt->output_offset
6888 + got_offset),
6889 (splt->contents
6890 + h->plt.offset
6891 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6892 if (htab->vxworks_p)
6893 {
6894 unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6895 int distance;
6896
6897 /* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
6898 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6899 PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
6900 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6901 to the last element of the previous group. */
6902 /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6903 the common resolver stub. */
6904 reachable_plts = ((4096
6905 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6906 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6907 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6908 plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6909 if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6910 distance = -(h->plt.offset
6911 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6912 else
6913 distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6914 * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6915
6916 /* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
6917 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6918 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6919 (splt->contents
6920 + h->plt.offset
6921 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6922 }
6923 else
6924 install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6925 splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6926 (splt->contents
6927 + h->plt.offset
6928 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6929 }
6930
6931 /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */
6932 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6933 if (info->shared)
6934 got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6935 #endif
6936 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6937 got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6938
6939 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6940 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6941 plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6942 (splt->contents
6943 + h->plt.offset
6944 + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6945
6946 /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
6947 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6948 (splt->output_section->vma
6949 + splt->output_offset
6950 + h->plt.offset
6951 + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6952 sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6953 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6954 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6955 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6956 htab->splt->output_section),
6957 sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6958
6959 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
6960 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6961 + sgotplt->output_offset
6962 + got_offset);
6963 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6964 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6965 else
6966 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6967 rel.r_addend = 0;
6968 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6969 rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6970 #endif
6971 loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6972 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6973
6974 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
6975 {
6976 /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
6977 Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
6978 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
6979 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
6980
6981 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
6982 for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
6983 rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
6984 + htab->splt->output_offset
6985 + h->plt.offset
6986 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6987 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6988 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
6989 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6990 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6991
6992 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
6993 the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
6994 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6995 + sgotplt->output_offset
6996 + got_offset);
6997 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6998 rel.r_addend = 0;
6999 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7000 }
7001
7002 if (!h->def_regular)
7003 {
7004 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
7005 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
7006 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7007 }
7008 }
7009
7010 if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7011 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
7012 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
7013 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
7014 {
7015 asection *sgot;
7016 asection *srelgot;
7017 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7018 bfd_byte *loc;
7019
7020 /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
7021 up. */
7022
7023 sgot = htab->sgot;
7024 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7025 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7026
7027 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7028 + sgot->output_offset
7029 + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7030
7031 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7032 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7033 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7034 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7035 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
7036 if (info->shared
7037 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7038 {
7039 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7040 {
7041 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7042 int dynindx
7043 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7044
7045 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7046 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7047 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7048 }
7049 else
7050 {
7051 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7052 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7053 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7054 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7055 }
7056 }
7057 else
7058 {
7059 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
7060 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7061 rel.r_addend = 0;
7062 }
7063
7064 loc = srelgot->contents;
7065 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7066 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7067 }
7068
7069 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7070 {
7071 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
7072
7073 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
7074 if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7075 {
7076 asection *sgot;
7077 asection *srelgot;
7078 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7079 bfd_byte *loc;
7080
7081 /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
7082 Set it up. */
7083
7084 sgot = htab->sgot;
7085 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7086 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7087
7088 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7089 + sgot->output_offset
7090 + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7091
7092 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7093 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7094 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7095 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7096 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
7097 if (info->shared
7098 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7099 {
7100 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7101 {
7102 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7103 int dynindx
7104 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7105
7106 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7107 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7108 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7109 }
7110 else
7111 {
7112 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7113 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7114 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7115 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7116 }
7117 }
7118 else
7119 {
7120 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
7121 + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
7122 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7123 rel.r_addend = 0;
7124 }
7125
7126 loc = srelgot->contents;
7127 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7128 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7129 }
7130 }
7131 #endif
7132
7133 if (h->needs_copy)
7134 {
7135 asection *s;
7136 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7137 bfd_byte *loc;
7138
7139 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
7140
7141 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
7142 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7143 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
7144
7145 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
7146 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7147
7148 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
7149 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7150 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7151 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
7152 rel.r_addend = 0;
7153 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7154 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7155 }
7156
7157 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
7158 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
7159 ".got" section. */
7160 if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
7161 || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
7162 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
7163
7164 return TRUE;
7165 }
7166
7167 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
7168
7169 static bfd_boolean
7170 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7171 {
7172 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
7173 asection *sgotplt;
7174 asection *sdyn;
7175
7176 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7177 if (htab == NULL)
7178 return FALSE;
7179
7180 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
7181 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
7182
7183 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
7184 {
7185 asection *splt;
7186 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
7187
7188 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
7189
7190 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
7191 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
7192 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
7193 {
7194 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
7195 asection *s;
7196 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7197 const char *name;
7198 #endif
7199
7200 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
7201
7202 switch (dyn.d_tag)
7203 {
7204 default:
7205 if (htab->vxworks_p
7206 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
7207 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7208 break;
7209
7210 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7211 case DT_INIT:
7212 name = info->init_function;
7213 goto get_sym;
7214
7215 case DT_FINI:
7216 name = info->fini_function;
7217 get_sym:
7218 if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
7219 {
7220 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7221
7222 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
7223 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7224 if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
7225 {
7226 dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
7227 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7228 }
7229 }
7230 break;
7231 #endif
7232
7233 case DT_PLTGOT:
7234 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
7235 s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
7236 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
7237 + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
7238 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7239 break;
7240
7241 case DT_JMPREL:
7242 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7243 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7244 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7245 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7246 break;
7247
7248 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7249 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7250 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7251 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7252 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7253 break;
7254
7255 case DT_RELASZ:
7256 /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7257 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7258 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). This is
7259 what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle
7260 that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7261 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since
7262 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7263 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7264 about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
7265 if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7266 {
7267 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7268 dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7269 }
7270 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7271 break;
7272 }
7273 }
7274
7275 /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
7276 splt = htab->splt;
7277 if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7278 {
7279 unsigned int i;
7280
7281 memcpy (splt->contents,
7282 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7283 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7284 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7285 if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7286 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7287 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7288 + sgotplt->output_offset
7289 + (i * 4)),
7290 (splt->contents
7291 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7292
7293 if (htab->vxworks_p)
7294 {
7295 /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
7296 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7297 bfd_byte *loc;
7298
7299 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7300 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
7301 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7302 rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7303 + splt->output_offset
7304 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7305 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7306 rel.r_addend = 8;
7307 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7308 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7309
7310 /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7311 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7312 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7313 output. */
7314 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7315 {
7316 /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
7317 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7318 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7319 R_SH_DIR32);
7320 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7321 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7322
7323 /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
7324 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7325 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7326 R_SH_DIR32);
7327 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7328 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7329 }
7330 }
7331
7332 /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7333 really seem like the right value. */
7334 elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7335 }
7336 }
7337
7338 /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
7339 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7340 {
7341 if (sdyn == NULL)
7342 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7343 else
7344 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7345 sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7346 sgotplt->contents);
7347 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7348 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7349 }
7350
7351 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7352 elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7353
7354 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
7355 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7356 {
7357 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7358 bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7359 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7360 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7361
7362 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7363
7364 /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */
7365 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7366 }
7367
7368 if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7369 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7370 == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7371
7372 if (htab->srelgot)
7373 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7374 == htab->srelgot->size);
7375
7376 return TRUE;
7377 }
7378
7379 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7380 sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7381 {
7382 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7383 {
7384 case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7385 return reloc_class_relative;
7386 case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7387 return reloc_class_plt;
7388 case R_SH_COPY:
7389 return reloc_class_copy;
7390 default:
7391 return reloc_class_normal;
7392 }
7393 }
7394
7395 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7396 /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
7397
7398 static bfd_boolean
7399 elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7400 {
7401 int offset;
7402 unsigned int size;
7403
7404 switch (note->descsz)
7405 {
7406 default:
7407 return FALSE;
7408
7409 case 168: /* Linux/SH */
7410 /* pr_cursig */
7411 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7412
7413 /* pr_pid */
7414 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7415
7416 /* pr_reg */
7417 offset = 72;
7418 size = 92;
7419
7420 break;
7421 }
7422
7423 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7424 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7425 size, note->descpos + offset);
7426 }
7427
7428 static bfd_boolean
7429 elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7430 {
7431 switch (note->descsz)
7432 {
7433 default:
7434 return FALSE;
7435
7436 case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7437 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7438 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7439 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7440 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7441 }
7442
7443 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7444 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7445 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7446
7447 {
7448 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7449 int n = strlen (command);
7450
7451 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7452 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7453 }
7454
7455 return TRUE;
7456 }
7457 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7458
7459
7460 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7461 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
7462
7463 static bfd_vma
7464 sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7465 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7466 {
7467 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7468
7469 plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7470 return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7471 }
7472
7473 /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7474 shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */
7475
7476 static bfd_boolean
7477 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7478 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7479 asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7480 {
7481 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7482
7483 /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */
7484 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7485 return FALSE;
7486
7487 return TRUE;
7488 }
7489
7490 /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */
7491
7492 static bfd_byte
7493 sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7494 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7495 asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7496 asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7497 bfd_vma *encoded)
7498 {
7499 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7500 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7501
7502 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7503 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7504 loc_offset, encoded);
7505
7506 h = htab->root.hgot;
7507 BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7508
7509 if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7510 == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7511 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7512 loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7513
7514 BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7515 == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7516 (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7517
7518 *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7519 - (h->root.u.def.value
7520 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7521 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7522
7523 return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7524 }
7525
7526 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7527 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_sh_vec
7528 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
7529 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shl_vec
7530 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
7531 #endif
7532
7533 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
7534 #define ELF_TARGET_ID SH_ELF_DATA
7535 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
7536 #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7537 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7538 #else
7539 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
7540 #endif
7541
7542 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7543
7544 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7545 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7546 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7547 #define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
7548 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
7549 #define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
7550 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7551 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7552 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
7553 #define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
7554 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_bfd_flags \
7555 sh_elf_set_private_flags
7556 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7557 sh_elf_copy_private_data
7558 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7559 sh_elf_merge_private_data
7560
7561 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7562 #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
7563 #define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
7564 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7565 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7566 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7567 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7568 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7569 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7570 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7571 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7572 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7573 sh_elf_always_size_sections
7574 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7575 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7576 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7577 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7578 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7579 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7580 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7581 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7582 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7583 #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7584 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7585 #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7586 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7587 #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7588 sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7589
7590 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
7591 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
7592 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
7593 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
7594 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7595 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
7596
7597 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7598
7599 #include "elf32-target.h"
7600
7601 /* NetBSD support. */
7602 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7603 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shnbsd_vec
7604 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7605 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7606 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7607 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlnbsd_vec
7608 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7609 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7610 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7611 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
7612 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7613 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7614 #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
7615 #undef elf32_bed
7616 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7617
7618 #include "elf32-target.h"
7619
7620
7621 /* Linux support. */
7622 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7623 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shblin_vec
7624 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7625 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
7626 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7627 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlin_vec
7628 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7629 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
7630 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7631 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
7632
7633 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7634 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7635 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7636 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7637 #undef elf32_bed
7638 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
7639
7640 #include "elf32-target.h"
7641
7642
7643 /* FDPIC support. */
7644 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7645 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec
7646 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7647 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7648 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7649 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
7650 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7651 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7652 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7653 #define elf_backend_modify_program_headers \
7654 sh_elf_modify_program_headers
7655
7656 #undef elf32_bed
7657 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed
7658
7659 #include "elf32-target.h"
7660
7661 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7662
7663 /* VxWorks support. */
7664 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7665 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec
7666 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7667 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7668 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7669 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
7670 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7671 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7672 #undef elf32_bed
7673 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7674
7675 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7676 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
7677 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7678 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7679 #define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7680 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7681 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7682 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7683 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7684 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7685 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7686 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7687 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
7688 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7689 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7690 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7691 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7692 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7693 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7694 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7695
7696 #include "elf32-target.h"
7697
7698 #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */